Engine Control System: Section
Engine Control System: Section
Engine Control System: Section
E
CONTENTS
QR25DE Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................37 F
Knock Sensor ..........................................................37
PRECAUTION .............................................. 20 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor ....................................37
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ..............................38 G
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................20 EVAP Canister .........................................................38
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Valve ........................................................................38
SIONER" ................................................................. 20 H
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera-
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- ture Sensor) .............................................................38
tion After Battery Disconnection .............................. 20 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor .................................39
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 21 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................40 I
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ........... 21 Power Steering Pressure Sensor ............................40
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch....40
and A/T .................................................................... 21 Clutch Pedal Position Switch ...................................40 J
General Precautions ............................................... 22 Park/Neutral position Switch ....................................40
ASCD Steering Switch .............................................41
PREPARATION ........................................... 25
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 42 K
PREPARATION ..................................................25 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................42
Special Service Tools .............................................. 25 On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........43
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 25 L
SYSTEM ............................................................ 44
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 27
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................44
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................27 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- M
Component Parts Location .................................... 27 tion ...........................................................................44
ECM ........................................................................ 31 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ....46
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 31 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe ..............48 N
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 32
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor ......................... 33 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ................50
Fuel Injector ............................................................ 33 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
Fuel Pump ............................................................... 33 tem Description ........................................................50 O
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .................................53
ture Sensor) ............................................................ 33
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 34 P
scription ...................................................................53
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) .......................... 35
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................... 35 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .........................54
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........... 35 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor ....... 35 scription ...................................................................54
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........ 36
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 .................................. 36 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL .....................55
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ....................... 178 P014C, P014D A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 230 I
DTC Description .................................................... 178 DTC Description .................................................... 230
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 232
Component Inspection .......................................... 179
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC- J
P0075 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .... 181 TION ................................................................ 235
DTC Description .................................................... 181 DTC Description .................................................... 235
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236 K
Component Inspection .......................................... 182
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 184 TION ................................................................ 240
DTC Description .................................................... 184 L
DTC Description .................................................... 240
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 184 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 241
Component Inspection .......................................... 185
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ......................... 245 M
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 187 DTC Description .................................................... 245
DTC Description .................................................... 187 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 188 Component Inspection ........................................... 246
Component Inspection .......................................... 189 N
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................ 248
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 192 DTC Description .................................................... 248
DTC Description .................................................... 192 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 192 Component Inspection ........................................... 250
Component Inspection .......................................... 193
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS-
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 194 P
FIRE ................................................................. 251
DTC Description .................................................... 194 DTC Description .................................................... 251
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 253
Component Inspection .......................................... 195
P0327, P0328 KS ............................................ 257
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 197 DTC Description .................................................... 257
DTC Description .................................................... 197 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 257
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 197 Component Inspection ........................................... 258
P0520 EOP SENSOR ...................................... 283 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 315
DTC Description .................................................... 315
DTC Description ....................................................283
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 315
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................283
Component Inspection ...........................................284 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 317
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE .................... 286 DTC Description .................................................... 317
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 318
DTC Description ....................................................286
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................287 P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 320
Component Inspection ...........................................288 DTC Description .................................................... 320
P0550 PSP SENSOR ....................................... 289 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 320
DTC Description ....................................................289 P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 321
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................289 DTC Description .................................................... 321
Component Inspection ...........................................291 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 321
P0603 ECM ...................................................... 292 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 322
DTC Description ....................................................292 DTC Description .................................................... 322
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................292 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 322
P0604 ECM ...................................................... 294 Component Inspection .......................................... 324
DTC Description ....................................................294 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................294 SOR .................................................................. 325
P0605 ECM ...................................................... 296 DTC Description .................................................... 325
DTC Description ....................................................296 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 325
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................296 Component Inspection .......................................... 327
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 331 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 365 EC
DTC Description .................................................... 331 DTC Description .................................................... 365
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 332 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 365
Component Inspection .......................................... 333 Component Inspection ........................................... 367 C
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 358 IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 391
DTC Description .................................................... 358 Component Function Check .................................. 391 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 358 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 391
Component Inspection .......................................... 359 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor) ............................................................. 394
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Inspection (Condenser) ...................... 395
ACTUATOR ...................................................... 360
DTC Description .................................................... 360 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD) ................. 396
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 361 Component Function Check .................................. 396
P0488 EGR SYSTEM ....................................... 641 P0686 ECM RELAY ........................................ 666
DTC Description .................................................... 641 DTC Description .................................................... 666
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 641 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 666
P1028 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR P1409 EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE .......... 694
1 ....................................................................... 669 DTC Description .................................................... 694
Description .............................................................669 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 694
DTC Description ....................................................669
P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553, P1554 BAT-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................669
TERY CURRENT SENSOR .............................. 696
P1029 TC BOOST SENSOR ........................... 671 DTC Description .................................................... 696
Description .............................................................671 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 697
DTC Description ....................................................671 Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) . 698
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................671
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sen-
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE
sor) ........................................................................672 SENSOR ........................................................... 700
DTC Description .................................................... 700
P102A BARO SENSOR ................................... 674 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 700
Description .............................................................674 Component Inspection (Battery Temperature
DTC Description ....................................................674 Sensor) ................................................................. 702
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................674
P1616 ECM ....................................................... 703
P102B EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR DTC Description .................................................... 703
1 ....................................................................... 676 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 703
DTC Description ....................................................676
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................676
P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE ...... 704
DTC Description .................................................... 704
P1268 P1269, P1270, P1271 FUEL INJEC- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 704
TOR .................................................................. 678
P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE ...... 705
DTC Description ....................................................678
DTC Description .................................................... 705
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................679
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 705
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ...................680
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 707
P1272 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 681
DTC Description .................................................... 707
DTC Description ....................................................681
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 708
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................681
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 709
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con-
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay) ........... 709
trol Valve) ..............................................................683
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen- P2135 APP SENSOR ....................................... 711
sor) ........................................................................683 DTC Description .................................................... 711
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 711
Valve) ....................................................................684 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
tion Sensor) ........................................................... 712
P1273 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 685
DTC Description ....................................................685 P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................685 SUPPLY ............................................................ 714
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con- DTC Description .................................................... 714
trol Valve) ..............................................................687 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 714
P1274 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 688 P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR ...................... 715
DTC Description ....................................................688 DTC Description .................................................... 715
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................688 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 715
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con-
trol Valve) ..............................................................689 P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR ........................ 716
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen- DTC Description .................................................... 716
sor) ........................................................................689 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 716
P1275 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 691 P2426, P2427 EGR COOLER BYPASS
DTC Description ....................................................691 VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........... 717
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................691
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ....................... 813 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 893 C
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : System De- Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 893
scription ................................................................. 814
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 915
D
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
METER) ................................................................... 814
BASIC INSPECTION ....................................... 915
Work Procedure ..................................................... 915
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
METER) : ASCD Indicator ..................................... 814 E
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ...... 917
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION Work Flow .............................................................. 917
METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warning ............... 814 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 919
F
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ..................... 816 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
ING ENGINE PARTS ...................................... 921
lamps/Indicator lamps ........................................... 816
Description ............................................................. 921 G
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/
Indicator (On Information Display) ........................ 816 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 816 ECM ................................................................. 922
H
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .... 816 Description ............................................................. 922
Work Procedure ..................................................... 922
OPERATION ..................................................... 817
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING I
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).. 817 EMCM .............................................................. 925
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Description ............................................................. 925
CD) : Switch Name and Function .......................... 817 Work Procedure ..................................................... 925 J
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM ......................................... 817 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGIS-
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : Switch Name and TRATION ......................................................... 926
Function ................................................................ 817 Description ............................................................. 926 K
Work Procedure ..................................................... 926
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 819
Diagnosis Description ........................................... 819 THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING ... 928 L
Description ............................................................. 928
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ........................... 820
Work Procedure ..................................................... 928
CONSULT Function .............................................. 820
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION M
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (EMCM) ........................ 832
CONSULT Function .............................................. 832
LEARNING ...................................................... 929
Description ............................................................. 929
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 834 Work Procedure ..................................................... 929 N
U0121 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 946 P0087 FUEL SYSTEM ...................................... 964
DTC Description ....................................................946 DTC Description .................................................... 964
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................946 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 964
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ..................... 966
U0415 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 947
DTC Description ....................................................947 P0089 FUEL PRESSURE ................................. 967
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................947 DTC Description .................................................... 967
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 967
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 948 Component Inspection (Fuel flow actuator) .......... 969
Description .............................................................948 Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ................... 970
DTC Description ....................................................948
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................948 P0095 IAT SENSOR 2 ...................................... 971
DTC Description .................................................... 971
P0001 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 949 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 971
DTC Description ....................................................949 Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................949 Sensor 2) .............................................................. 972
P0002 FUEL PRESSURE ................................ 951 P0100 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 973
DTC Description ....................................................951 DTC Description .................................................... 973
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................952 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 973
Component Inspection (Fuel Flow Actuator) .........953
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ...................953 P0101 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 975
Component Inspection (Fuel Temperature Sen- DTC Description .................................................... 975
sor) ........................................................................953 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 975
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ................ 954 P0105 TC BOOST SENSOR ............................ 977
DTC Description ....................................................954 DTC Description .................................................... 977
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................954 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 977
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) ........................................................................955
P0106 TC BOOST SENSOR ............................ 979
DTC Description .................................................... 979
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 979
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000011875357
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000011875358
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to C
windshield.
PIIB3706J
F
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000011875360
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal
L
is removed before ECU stops, then a DTC detection error or ECU data corruption may occur.
• After high-load driving, if the vehicle is equipped with the V9X engine, turn the ignition switch OFF and wait
for at least 15 minutes to remove the battery terminal.
NOTE: M
• Turbocharger cooling pump may operate in a few minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
• Example of high-load driving
- Driving for 30 minutes or more at 140 km/h (86 MPH) or more.
N
- Driving for 30 minutes or more on a steep slope.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON
the ignition switch.
NOTE: O
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of main battery and sub battery discon-
nected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC. P
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000011586845
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confir- E
mation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component
Function Check should be a good result if the repair is com-
pleted.
F
G
JSBIA1315ZZ
SEF348N
O
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
P
SEF709Y
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000011586847
EC
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
Measures fuel pressure
D
KV10120000
Fuel tube adapter
E
JSBIA0410ZZ
I
ZZA0061D
PBIC0198E
Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
L
i.e.: (MLR-8382) pressure
S-NT815
N
Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature
sensor
O
P
S-NT705
S-NT779
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011586849
EC
J
JSBIA5977ZZ
JSBIA5982ZZ
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-35, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve" C
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve EC-36, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Ignition coil (with power transistor) EC-33, "Ignition Coil With Power Transistor"
D
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-34, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT E
J
JSBIA5983ZZ
To engine assembly K
JSBIA5984ZZ
Periphery of pedals
M/T assembly A/T assembly
JPBIA5843ZZ
K
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000011586851
JSBIA5987ZZ O
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.
JSBIA0270GB
PBIB0145E
A
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high EC
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
D
JPBIA4613ZZ
H
JPBIA5845ZZ
FUEL PUMP
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition J
switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM
receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor
(PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump
to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the igni- K
tion switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation
and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It sends the control signal L
to the fuel pump control module, which in turn controls the fuel
pump.
JSBIA5988ZZ
M
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000011586856 P
PBIA9559J
JPBIA5280ZZ
<Reference data>
A
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution. EC
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to C
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes. D
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JPBIA5848ZZ
the engine revolution.
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000011586859 E
N
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of
the signal plate installed to the exhaust camshaft front end.
This sensor signal is used for sensing a position of the exhaust cam-
shaft. O
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change. P
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
JPBIA5847ZZ
JPBIA4038GB
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its
control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is
applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density
in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi-
mately 760°C (1,400°F).
JPBIA5446GB
A
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con- C
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation. D
SEF327R
JSBIA0284ZZ L
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011586869
The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure M
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM.
JSBIA0292ZZ P
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
JPBIA5280ZZ
<Reference data>
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
EVAP canister stores the generated fuel vapors in the sealed fuel
tank to activated charcoals of EVAP canister when the engine is not
operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
JSBIA3477ZZ
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
JSBIA5993ZZ
OUTLINE
JSBIA4556ZZ
N
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM.
PBIB2657E
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000011586876
Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switch are installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
JSFIA2733ZZ
A
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance
for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and deter-
mines which button is operated. EC
D
JSBIA5990ZZ
PBIB0492E
PBIB1588E
EC
JMBIA1930GB F
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere. G
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
H
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. I
• Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: J
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-410, "Inspection".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. K
• Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection. L
• Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
M
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA5979GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JSBIA6462GB
EC
JSBIA6012GB
Vehicle behavior
DTC
Detected items Pattern
No. Others
A B C
P0011 Intake valve timing control — — × —
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control
— — × —
P0078
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit
× × × —
P0103
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in reg-
P0123 ulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be
P0222 within +10 degrees.
P0223 — — — The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to
P2135 be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0605 — — — —
ECM
P060B × — × ASCD operation may be deactivated. H
— — — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0606 ECM
× — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
I
— — — —
P0607 ECM
— × — —
× — × — J
P060A ECM
× × × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
— — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by K
the return spring.
P1078 Exhaust valve timing control
× — × —
position sensor circuit L
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulat-
ing the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor. M
— — —
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal N
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
P2103 — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by O
the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
tion — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by P
the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
— — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
With Intelligent Key System
JSBIA5951GB
NOTE:
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is used with ABS/TCS/VDC.
EC
I
JSBIA5985GB
NOTE:
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is used with ABS/TCS/VDC.
J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the K
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
L
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
M
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine N
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
• High-load, high-speed operation O
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation P
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F
sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-36, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
EC
SEF337W
SYSTEM DIAGRAM I
N
JPBIA5965GB
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JPBIA4760GB
L
JPBIA6316GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve. M
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. N
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
O
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JPBIA4761GB
EC
I
JPBIA5972GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the exhaust
valve.
J
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine oil tem-
perature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the exhaust valve
to increase engine torque and output in a range of high engine speed. K
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De- L
scription INFOID:0000000011586889
SYSTEM DIAGRAM M
JPBIA4922GB P
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres-
sure by the oil pressure warning lamp a before the engine becomes damaged.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits
an oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter.The combination meter turns ON the oil pres-
sure warning lamp, according to the signal.
Combination meter
Decrease in engine oil pressure Engine speed Fuel cut
Oil pressure warning lamp
Less than 1,000 rpm ON* NO
Detection
1,000 rpm or more ON YES
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the oil pressure warning lamp.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011586890
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
With Intelligent Key System
JSBIA5952GB
EC
JSBIA5986GB F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. G
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds. H
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. I
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011586892 J
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
K
JSBIA0322GB
P
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3039E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA5953GB
G
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ H
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
The ASCD operation status is indicated by two indicators (CRUISE and SET on the information display) on the I
combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in ASCD system, SET indicator blinks and ASCD control is deac-
tivated.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. J
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (CRUISE is indicated on the information display.)
K
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press COAST/SET switch. (Then SET is indicated on the information display.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION L
If the ACCELE/RES switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch
is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
M
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed N
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position (M/T models)
• Selector lever is changed to N, P or R position (A/T models) O
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• VDC/TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform P
the driver by blinking indicators.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCELE/RES
switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-53, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER)
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : ASCD Indicator INFOID:0000000011620085
JSCIA0831ZZ
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning informs the driver of low oil pressure to pre-
vent damage to the engine.
Symbol Message A
EC
D
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK E
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL F
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-110, "Fail-
Safe".
G
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
J
JSBIA6027GB
SIGNAL PATH
ECM calculates an engine oil pressure according to a signal transmitted from the engine oil pressure sensor. K
After engine running when the engine oil pressure is low and at least 5 seconds, ECM transmits the engine oil
pressure warning signal to combination meter via CAN communication. Then the engine oil pressure warning
displays.
L
LIGHTING CONDITION
When all of the following conditions for at least 5 seconds are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
M
• Engine oil pressure is less than specified value.
• Engine speed is more than 500 rpm.
SHUTOFF CONDITION N
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more.
• Engine speed is less than 500 rpm. O
JSBIA3700GB
t: 100 ms
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning lamps/Indicator lamps INFOID:0000000011620087
Name Function
Refer to EC-62, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : ASCD
ASCD indicator
Indicator".
Refer to EC-62, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : En-
Oil pressure warning
gine Oil Pressure Warning".
JSBIA5589ZZ F
SWITCH OPERATION
J
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
K
• Resumes the set speed.
ACCEL/RES switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch L
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
Refer to EC-61, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD operating M
instructions.
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in control module memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with
the diagnostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000011586900
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control module equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-55,
"Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink D
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000011586904
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
EC
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-71, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
JMBIA1418GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
C
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System” E
Driving Pattern A
Refer to EC-71, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
F
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-71, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000011586905
G
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. H
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more. I
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF. J
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving K
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
L
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of M
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop. N
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start. O
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern P
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example A
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) EC
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
C
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) D
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
E
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
F
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC G
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
H
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above I
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate J
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
K
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. L
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. M
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
N
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000011586907
EC
JMBIA1515GB F
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE
Description G
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
H
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MIL illuminates. I
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-397, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in J
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire). K
PBIB0092E
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
FUNCTION
I
Diagnostic test mode Function
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.* J
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work Support
dications on the CONSULT screen. K
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
ECU Identification ECM part number can be read. L
DTC Work Support The use of this mode enables quick and accurate performance of Confirmation Procedure.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
M
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data N
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
O
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-102, "DTC Index". P
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-170, "Diagnosis Description".
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result”.
Monitor Item A
Selection
ECU
Monitored item Unit MAIN Description Remarks
IN-
SIG- EC
PUT
NAL
SIG-
S
NALS
• When the engine coolant tem- C
perature sensor circuit is open
The engine coolant temperature (deter-
or shorted, ECM enters fail-
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F × × mined by the signal voltage of the engine
safe mode. The engine coolant
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.
temperature determined by the
D
ECM is displayed.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehi-
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph × × cle speed signal sent from combination E
meter is displayed.
The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT V × ×
played. F
The intake air temperature (determined by
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F × × the signal voltage of the intake air tempera-
ture sensor) is indicated.
G
Indicates the ignition timing computed by • When the engine is stopped, a
IGN TIMING BTDC ×
ECM according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen H
HO2S2 (B1) V × ×
sensor 2 is displayed.
• When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
• When engine is running, spec- I
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed-
ification range is indicated in
A/F ALPHA-B1 % × back correction factor per cycle is indicat-
“SPEC”.
ed.
• This data also includes the
J
data for the air-fuel ratio learn-
ing control.
• The control value of the intake valve tim-
ing control solenoid valve (determined by K
ECM according to the input signals) is in-
INT/V SOL(B1) ×
% dicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as
L
the value increases.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control
value computed by ECM according to the
A/F S1 HTR(B1) % × input signals. M
• The current flow to the heater becomes
larger as the value increases.
Indicates [°CA] of exhaust camshaft ad- N
EXH/V TIM B1 °CA × ×
vance angle.
• Accuracy becomes poor if en-
gine speed drops below the
Indicates the engine speed computed from O
idle rpm.
the signal of the crankshaft position sensor
ENG SPEED rpm × × • If the signal is interrupted while
(POS) and camshaft position sensor
the engine is running, an ab-
(PHASE).
normal value may be indicat- P
ed.
Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse • When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1 msec × width compensated by ECM according to certain computed value is indi-
the input signals. cated.
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel in- • When engine is running, spec-
B/FUEL SCHDL msec × jection pulse width programmed into ECM, ification range is indicated in
prior to any learned on board correction. “SPEC”.
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
P
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015A or P015B.
(B1) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
PRSNT
P015A or P015B.
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT
JSBIA0505ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
2.2 V
JMBIA0324GB
1.9 V
JMBIA0324GB
4 8 [Engine is running]
Knock sensor Input 2.5 V
(W) (B) • Idle speed
8 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Knock sensor)
JMBIA0090GB
G
12
— ECM ground — — —
(GR)
H
16
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
Battery voltage
I
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed
J
even slightly, after engine starting
JSBIA6030GB
N
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition
0 – 1.0 V
switch ON
18 128
Fuel pump relay Output [Engine is running] O
(V) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Battery voltage
• More than 1 second after turning ig-
(11 – 14 V)
nition switch ON P
Battery voltage
21 128 Throttle control motor re- [Ignition switch: OFF]
Output (11 – 14 V)
(LG) (B) lay
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 – 1.0 V
4.0
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JPBIA4727ZZ
JSBIA2957ZZ D
2,340 – 3,280 Hz
E
[Engine is running]
35 34
Mass air flow sensor Input • Warm-up condition
(Y) (G)
• Idle speed
F
JSBIA2957ZZ
4.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JPBIA4731ZZ
11 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
53 128
A/F sensor 1 heater Input • Idle speed
(R) (B)
(More than 140 seconds after start-
ing engine)
JPBIA4732ZZ
10 V
[Engine is running]
54 128 Heated oxygen sensor 2
Output
(SB) (B) heater
JMBIA0325GB
3.5 V
[Engine is running] D
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending E
on rpm at idle
[Engine is running] G
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
H
JMBIA0092GB
128 JMBIA0085GB
Output
90 (B)
Ignition signal No. 3 0 – 0.4 V
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
91 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Ignition signal No. 4
(SB)
JMBIA0086GB
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 – 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition
89 128 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(BG) (B) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Battery voltage
• More than a few seconds after turn-
(11 – 14 V)
ing ignition switch OFF
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0V
• Idle speed
93 128 Intake valve timing control
Output [Engine is running]
(R) (B) solenoid valve
• Warm-up condition Battery voltage
• When revving engine up to 2,000 (11 – 14 V)
rpm Quickly
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0V
94 128 Exhaust valve timing con- • Idle speed
Output
(W) (B) trol solenoid valve [Engine is running]
Battery voltage
• Warm-up condition
(11 – 14 V)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
99 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
100 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to
Handle Battery".
*2: A/T models
*3: M/T models
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000011586917
P0605 — — — —
ECM
P060B × — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0606 ECM
× — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — — —
P0607 ECM
— × — —
× — × —
P060A ECM
× × × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
— — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P1078 Exhaust valve timing control
× — × —
position sensor circuit
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulat-
ing the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
— — —
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
P2103 — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
tion — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
— — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2119 Electric throttle control actua-
— × — —
tor
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in reg-
P2123 sensor ulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be
P2127 within +10 degrees.
— — —
P2128 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to
P2138 be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
DTC*1
Items SRT
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
*3 (CONSULT screen terms) code
ECM
GST*2
U0101 0101*4 LOST COMM (ECM) — 1 × EC-165
DTC*1
Items SRT A
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms) code
ECM*3
GST*2
P014D 014D A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-230 EC
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-235
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-240
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-245 C
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-245
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-248
D
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-248
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-251
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-251 E
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-251
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-251
F
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-251
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-257
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-257 G
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-259
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-263
H
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × EC-267
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-272
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN*6 — 2 × EC-275 I
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN*6 — 2 × EC-275
EC-278 (A/T)
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*7 — 2 × J
EC-279 (M/T)
P0520 0520 EOP SENSOR/SWITCH — 2 — EC-283
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 1 — EC-286
K
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-289
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT*8 — 2 × or — EC-292
P0604 0604 ECM — 1 × EC-294
L
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 × EC-296
P0606 0606 CONTROL MODULE — 1 × or — EC-298
M
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-300
P060A 060A CONTROL MODULE — 1 or 2 × EC-301
P060B 060B CONTROL MODULE — 1 × EC-303 N
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × EC-304
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A — 2 × TM-210
O
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A — 2 × TM-212
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR — 2 × TM-216
P0729 0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × TM-220 P
P0730 0730 INCORRECT GR RATIO — 2 × TM-223
P0731 0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × TM-225
P0732 0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × TM-228
P0733 0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × TM-231
P0734 0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × TM-234
DTC*1
Items SRT
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms) code
*2 ECM*3
GST
P0735 0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × TM-237
P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × TM-240
P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × TM-242
P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A — 2 × TM-244
P0750 0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A — 2 × TM-245
P0775 0775 PC SOLENOID B — 2 × TM-247
P0780 0780 SHIFT — 2 × TM-249
P0795 0795 PC SOLENOID C — 2 × TM-251
EC-307 (A/T)
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 ×
EC-309 (M/T)
P1078 1078 EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-312
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — EC-315
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-317
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-320
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-321
P1550 1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-322
P1551 1551 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-325
P1552 1552 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-325
P1553 1553 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-328
P1554 1554 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-331
P1556 1556 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-334
P1557 1557 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-334
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — EC-336
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — EC-339
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — EC-347
SEC-87 (with in-
telligent key
system), SEC-
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 —
264 (without in-
telligent key
system)
SEC-89 (with in-
telligent key
system), SEC-
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM — 2 —
266 (without in-
telligent key
system)
SEC-90 (with in-
telligent key
system), SEC-
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 —
267 (without in-
telligent key
system)
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — SEC-269
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — SEC-272
P1734 1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × TM-259
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-349
DTC*1
Items SRT A
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms) code
ECM*3
GST*2
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × EC-352 EC
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-355
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × EC-352
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × EC-358 C
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × EC-360
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-362
D
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-362
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-365
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-365 E
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-368
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-371
F
P2713 2713 PC SOLENOID D — 2 × TM-266
P2722 2722 PC SOLENOID E — 2 × TM-268
P2731 2731 PC SOLENOID F — 2 × TM-270 G
P2807 2807 PC SOLENOID G — 2 × TM-272
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J1979/ ISO 15031-5. H
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*5: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For details, Refer to EC-74, "On I
Board Diagnosis Function".
*6: This item indicates the atmospheric pressure sensor.
*7: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*8: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is dis- J
played on CONSULT screen.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000011620090
K
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the L
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. M
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
N
WIRING DIAGRAM A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000011586921
EC
JRBWD3205GB
JRBWD3206GB
EC
JRBWD3207GB
JRBWD3208GB
EC
JRBWD3209GB
JRBWD3073GB
EC
JRBWD3074GB
JRBWD3075GB
EC
JRBWD3076GB
JRBWD3077GB
EC
JRBWD3078GB
JRBWD3079GB
EC
JRBWD3080GB
JRBWD3081GB
EC
JRBWD3082GB
JRBWD3083GB
BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000011586922
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSBIA1228GB
DETAILED FLOW
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase only DTC of “ENGINE”.
With CONSULT: “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-77, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-74, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-402, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-407, "Description" and EC-
98, "Fail Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to Refer to EC-407, "Description"
and EC-98, "Fail Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-100, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
With CONSULT
Check that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/ C
F ALPHA-B2” are within the SP value using “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Refer to EC-
153, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
D
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE E
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. F
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE G
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-402, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
H
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
I
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-49, "Circuit Inspec- J
tion".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. K
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-86, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART L
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. M
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to the following.
With CONSULT: “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-77, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-74, "On Board Diagnosis Function". N
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK O
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
P
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that
the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM ( With
CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-77, "CONSULT Function",
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC
to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC
L
MTBL0017
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
PBIA8513J
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-141, "Work Procedure".
E
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform EC-142, "Work Procedure".
G
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-143, "Work Procedure". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-408, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Idle Speed".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
L
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-263, "DTC Description". M
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-259, "DTC Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
O
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-85, "Work Procedure" (with intelligent key system), SEC-263, "Work Procedure" (without intelligent P
key system).
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
Timing indicator
JSBIA6015ZZ
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-142, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-143, "Work Procedure".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-408, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-409, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Ignition Timing".
Timing indicator
JSBIA6015ZZ
>> GO TO 4.
F
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-138, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011586926
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-412, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.
• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 6.
5.REPLACE ECM
Revision: 2015 March EC-138 D23
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [QR25DE]
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-412, "Removal and Installation".
A
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS EC
Refer to SEC-85, "Work Procedure" (with intelligent key system), SEC-263, "Work Procedure" (without intelli-
gent key system).
C
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS
D
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
YES >> GO TO 8. E
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA
With CONSULT F
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE: G
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
>> GO TO 10. H
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure".
I
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING J
Refer to EC-141, "Work Procedure".
K
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure". L
>> GO TO 12.
M
12.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-143, "Work Procedure".
N
>> END
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011586928
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-37, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
>> END
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the EC
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011586930 C
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. E
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> END F
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011586932
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts.
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
>> END
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed EC
within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
C
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011586934
1.PRECONDITIONING D
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle) E
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever position: P or N (A/T), neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) F
On vehicles equipped with daytime running light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to
light only small lamps.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) G
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models
H
• With CONSULT
Drive vehicle until “ATF TENP 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION” system indicates 80°C
(176°C) or more.
• Without CONSULT I
Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. J
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. K
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT
L
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-141, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”. M
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4. N
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
O
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has P
a malfunction.
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-141, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations. For specification, refer to EC-414, "Idle Speed" and EC-414, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-153, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc- EC
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011586936
C
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
F
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102. G
>> END
H
>> END
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes.
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube
adapter [SST: KV10120000] (D), then connect fuel pressure
gauge (A).
: To quick connector
: To fuel tube (engine side)
C : Hose clamp
CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-
erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Disconnect fuel feed hose from fuel tube. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
JSBIA6010ZZ
I
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg,
22 lb) to confirm fuel tube does not come off.
7. Reinstall the part removed at Step 3. J
NOTE:
Install the part to allow smooth engine starts.
8. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage. K
9. Start the engine and check for fuel leakage.
10. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
CAUTION:
L
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate
false readings.
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
M
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES O
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and P
Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
EC
K
JSBIA0399GB
JSBIA1455GB
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
• “Zone A” is the fastest time where required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*. If the diagnosis is not
completed within “Zone A”, the diagnosis can still be performed within “Zone B”.
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
J
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-148, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
K
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 9.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST L
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-148, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-149, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern". M
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5. N
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F). O
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
2. Start the engine.
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) P
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V
Refer to EC-86, "Reference Value".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
>> GO TO 7.
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB2244E
8.PATTERN 4
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-74, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> END
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000011586941
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value C
in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the D
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz) (The signal frequency of the mass air flow sensor)
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000011586942
1.START
G
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) H
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP I
1” (A/T fluid temperature) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied* J
• Engine speed: Idle
*: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE L
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. M
1. Perform EC-134, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
N
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> END O
NO >> Proceed to EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2318E
EC
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-153, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
O
>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine. P
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
Revision: 2015 March EC-157 D23
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-402, "Symptom Table".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18.
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> GO TO 22.
G
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. H
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element I
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27. J
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the K
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (HZ)” M
Select “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? N
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation",
and then GO TO 30. O
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct P
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-402, "Symptom Table".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-402, "Symptom Table".
1.CHECK FUSE EC
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
#62 15 A
IPDM E/R
#66 20 A D
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E12 and E13. Refer to GI-49, "Circuit Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
G
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. H
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+ I
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
12
F74
16
F75 52 Ground Existed K
123
E80
128
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-1
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM O
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P
E80 121 128 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
After turning ignition switch
E80 121 128 OFF, battery voltage will ex- Drop to 0 V
ist for a few seconds
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN) CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E80 121 E62 26 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON 0V
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 89 E62 31 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E80 109 E60 18 Existed
J
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. L
ECM
M
+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 81 E80 128 Battery voltage N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check Intermittent Incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 12. O
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 81 E62 32 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
CAN communication line between TCM and ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable G
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow K
Chart".
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-166, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011586950
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
PBIA8559J
JPBIA5855ZZ
I
7.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
J
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-55, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 8.
K
8.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Refer to LU-8, "Inspection", “INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION”.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
M
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011586953
>> GO TO 3. O
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. P
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
PBIA8559J
Check the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-174, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) F
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-261, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR H
Check the exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-265, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. I
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-65, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH) J
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
L
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-66, "Removal
and Installation".
JPBIA5856ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE
F
DTC P0031
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1 heater G
DTC P0032
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1 heater H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than between 11 V at
L
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011586966
P
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F77 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F77 3 F75 53 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check the A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).
A/F sensor 1 A
+ − Resistance
Terminal
EC
4 1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
3 1
2 ∞Ω C
1 (Continuity should not exist)
4
2
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION: F
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner G
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
H
>> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0037
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC P0038
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
A
1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
C
+
HO2S2 − Voltage
D
Connector Terminal
F78 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. G
+ −
H
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F78 3 F75 54 Existed I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER K
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
M
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. N
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool). O
>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. J
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011586972 L
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING (IVT) CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect IVT control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. N
+
IVT control solenoid valve − Voltage O
Connector Terminal
F61 1 Ground Battery voltage
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
IVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 1 E62 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
IVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F61 2 F75 93 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011586973
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011586976
+
EVT control solenoid valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F62 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
+ +
C
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
DTC P0102
• Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks
F
• Mass air flow sensor
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
DTC P0103
G
• Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Mass air flow sensor
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
H
FAIL-SAFE
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
+
MAF sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F54 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F54 2 F74 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT D
+ −
F
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 3 F74 34 Existed G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. I
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity J
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 1 F74 35 Existed
K
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. L
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR
Check the MAF sensor. Refer to EC-189, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
N
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011586983
O
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Select “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” and check indication.
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011586985
+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F54 4 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F54 4 F74 33 Existed
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
F54 3 F74 34 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-193, "Component Inspection".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-29, "Exploded
View". L
M
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals under the following conditions. N
MAF sensor
+ - Condition Resistance O
Terminal
4 3 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 2.342 – 2.531 kΩ
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-29, "Exploded
View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011586988
+
Voltage
ECT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F60 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity C
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F60 1 F74 28 Existed
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. E
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
F60 2 F74 27 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-195, "Component Inspection".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-76, "Exploded View".
L
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011586989
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F76 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 2 F75 80 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 4 F75 78 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ − A
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
F76 3 F75 77 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-199, "Component Inspection".
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
F
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011586992
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage J
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36 V
Sensor 1 79 K
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F75 78
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
Sensor 2 77
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View". M
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let it idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-1
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F77 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F77 4 E62 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 41
F77 F74 Existed
2 45
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F77 Ground Not existed
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
F74 Ground Not existed
45
5. Also check harness for short to power.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
YES >> Proceed to EC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
+ G
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F77 4 Ground Battery voltage H
+ − P
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 41
F77 F74 Existed
2 45
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F77 Ground Not existed
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
F74 Ground Not existed
45
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT K
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. L
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. O
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds. P
+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F77 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F77 4 E62 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 41
F77 F74 Existed
2 45
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity EC
Connector Terminal
1
F77 Ground Not existed C
2
+ D
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
41
F74 Ground Not existed
45
5. Also check harness for short to power. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
5.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION: J
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner K
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
L
>> INSPECTION END
JPBIA5997ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leaks
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
F
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1
Without CONSULT G
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. H
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. I
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
J
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal K
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.73 V
F74 22 23
load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6. M
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
N
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector O
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be above 0.73 V
F74 22 23
minutes at least once during this procedure. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
F74 22 23 D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/
at least once during this procedure.
T)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-212, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587008
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F78 1 F74 23 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F78 2 F74 22 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F78 2 Ground Not existed
+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
F74 22 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 D
1.INSPECTION START J
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 L
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT, and select “HO2S2 N
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
O
JSBIA3451ZZ
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.28 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23
minutes The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23 D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/
The voltage should be below 0.28 V
T)
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
: 1.3 V
JSBIA4884GB
MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
: 0.28 V
JSBIA5997GB
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0138 – A
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
DTC P0138 – B
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A C
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. D
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? E
YES >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. F
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). G
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). I
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT. J
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
K
Which is displayed on CONSULT
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). M
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3. N
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1
Without CONSULT O
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be below 0.28 V
F74 22 23
load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be below 0.28 V
F74 22 23
minutes at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
The voltage should be below 0.28 V
F74 22 23 D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/
at least once during this procedure.
T)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587012
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-216, "DTC Description".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check connectors for water.
+ −
C
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F78 1 F74 23 Existed D
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − G
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
F78 2 F74 22 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground. I
+
HO2S2 − Continuity J
Connector Terminal
F78 2 Ground Not existed
K
+
ECM − Continuity L
Connector Terminal
F74 22 Ground Not existed
M
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6. P
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F78 1 F74 23 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F78 2 F74 22 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F78 2 Ground Not existed
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F74 22 Ground Not existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1.INSPECTION START
G
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT, and select “HO2S2
K
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
JSBIA3451ZZ
O
: The voltage should be above 0.73 V at least on time.
: The voltage should be below 0.28 V at least on time.
P
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.28 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23
minutes The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23 D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/
The voltage should be below 0.28 V
T)
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
EC
SEF302U
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel system
• EVAP system
• Intake air system
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds.
• For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F)
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 2.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 1
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
>> GO TO 4.
>> GO TO 5. EC
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 3
1. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
C
2. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
3. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load. D
Is “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6. E
6.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 4
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT screen. F
Maintain the condition continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 60
seconds.)
G
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 – 105°C (158 – 221°F) H
Shift/Shift lever Suitable position
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
I
COND1: OUT OF CONDITION>>GO TO 4.
COND1: COMPLETED, COND2: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 7.
COND1: COMPLETED, COND2: COMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
J
7.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND2
While driving, release accelerator pedal completely from the above condition until “INCOMPLETED” at
“COND2” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.) K
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
COND2: COMPLETED, COND3: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
COND2: COMPLETED, COND3: COMPLETED>>GO TO 9. L
8.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3 - 1
Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETED” of “COND3” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.) M
>> GO TO 9.
N
9.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3 - 2
Touch “SELF DIAGRESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? O
“OK”-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
“OK”-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
“NG” >> Proceed to EC-226, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
“CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED”>>GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3 - 3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine and warm it up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.12 V
F74 22 23
load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be above 0.12 V
F74 22 23
minutes at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-3
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
The voltage should be above 0.12 V
F74 22 23 D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/
at least once during this procedure.
T)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-226, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011764929
D
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E
F78 1 F74 23 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
G
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
F78 2 F74 22 Existed
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and J
ground.
+ K
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F78 2 Ground Not existed
L
+ M
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F74 22 Ground Not existed N
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 P
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT?
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT, and select “HO2S2
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
JSBIA3451ZZ
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.28 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM A
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4. D
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage F
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure. G
F74 22 23
minutes The voltage should be below 0.28 V
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3 I
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
J
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal K
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23 D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/
The voltage should be below 0.28 V L
T)
at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
N
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. O
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool). P
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to EC-153, "Component Function Check".
With CONSULT
1. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle.
2. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows. D
NOTE:
If “CMPLT” changed to “INCMP”, refer to EC-153, "Component Function Check".
E
Data monitor item Status
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1) CMPLT
F
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Refer to EC-153, "Component Function Check".
G
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Check the “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. H
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-232, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". I
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
6.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE J
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
K
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 8. L
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. M
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure N
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve O
• Mass air flow sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-235, "DTC Description" or EC-
240, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 – Voltage
Connector Terminal
F77 4 Ground Battery voltage
+
I
ECM – Continuity
Connector Terminal
41 J
F74 Ground Not existed
45
5. Also check harness for short to power.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
L
7.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 11.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR N
PBIB1216E
+
ECM − Continuity H
Connector Terminal
41
F74 Ground Not existed I
45
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE K
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and N
Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR O
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
P
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
ECM
+ − Condition Value
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 3,333 Hz
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating tem-
F74 35 34 2,340 - 3,280 Hz
perature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 2,340 - 3,280 Hz to Approx. 1.100 Hz*
*: Check for linear frequency rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-187, "DTC Description".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
PBIB3332E
PBIA9666J
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-145, "Work Procedure".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
PBIB1216E
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 41
F77 F74 Existed
2 45
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F77 Ground Not existed
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
F74 Ground Not existed
45
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and
Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
ECM
+ − Condition Value C
Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 3,333 Hz
D
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating tem-
F74 35 34 2,340 - 3,280 Hz
perature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 2,340 - 3,280 Hz to Approx. 1.100 Hz*
E
*: Check for linear frequency rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7. F
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-187, "DTC Description".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR G
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. H
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT I
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
J
Clicking noise should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. K
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for “FUEL INJECTOR”, refer
to EC-385, "Component Function Check".
L
PBIB3332E
PBIA9666J
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (EOT sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine oil temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE F
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END M
N
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector. O
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
P
+
Voltage
EOT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F57 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
+ −
EOT sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F57 1 F74 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EOT sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F57 2 F74 26 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-246, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587026
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-248, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587028
D
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
F76 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
H
nector.
+ −
I
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
F76 2 F75 80 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
L
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
N
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
O
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 4 F75 78 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 1 F75 79 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587029
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36 V
Sensor 1 79
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F75 78
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
Sensor 2 77
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle as per the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
A
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. EC
3. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING D
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3. E
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST F
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. G
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. H
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR I
1. Start engine and let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
J
Clicking noise should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. K
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR. Refer
to EC-385, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
PBIB3332E
SEF156I
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity L
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F77 1 F74 41 Existed
M
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
+ N
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F77 1 Ground Not existed
O
+ P
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F74 41 Ground Not existed
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END M
P
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F58 2 F74 8 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F58 1 F74 4 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check the knock sensor. Refer to EC-258, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587034
Knock sensor
+ - Resistance
Terminals
1 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY H
If DTC P0335 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-304, "DTC Description". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni- L
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 3. M
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. N
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-259, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587036
P
+
Voltage
CKP sensor (POS) −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F73 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 1 F75 72 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 2 F75 70 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F73 3 F75 71 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-261, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK GEAR TOOTH C
1. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
2. Look into the mounting hole of the crankshaft position sensor
(POS) to check that there is no missing gear tooth in the signal D
plate .
JPBIA4623ZZ
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View". H
I
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. J
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
L
98, "Exploded View".
PBIA9209J
N
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-2
Check the resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as per the following.
O
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
+ − Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
P
Terminal (Polarity)
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (Camshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor F
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit G
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni- K
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. M
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
O
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? P
YES >> Proceed to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587039
+
Voltage
CMP sensor (PHASE) −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F72 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 1 F74 32 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F72 2 F74 30 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − A
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
F72 3 F74 31 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) D
Check the camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-265, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-65, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT) F
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft H
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-65,
"Exploded View".
I
JPBIA5855ZZ
J
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587040
O
PBIA9876J
F
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. G
P0420 (Catalyst system efficiency below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage ca-
bank 1) pacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE H
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Intake air leaks I
• Fuel injector
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing
J
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure L
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT O
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. P
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
>> GO TO 2.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm
F74 22 23 than 5 seconds.
constant under no load
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587043
E
PBIB1216E
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce- O
dure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. P
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
SEF156I
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-272, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587045
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
+
EVAP canister purge volume
− Voltage
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
F59 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
EC
IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
C
EVAP canister purge volume
IPDM E/R Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D
F59 2 E62 26 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT F
H
+ −
EVAP canister purge volume
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F59 1 F74 17 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
L
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start the engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. M
4. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE O
Check the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-27,
"Component Parts Location".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587046
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve as per the following conditions.
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. M
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011606957
O
+
Voltage
Atmospheric pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E91 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Atmospheric pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E91 1 E80 113 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Atmospheric pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E91 3 E80 124 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Atmospheric pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E91 2 E80 114 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
ECM receives vehicle speed signals from two different paths via CAN communication line: One is from the
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the combination unit and the other is from TCM.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• Output speed sensor
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to D range and wait at least for 2 seconds.
3. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
D
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX or
P0607. E
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-171, "CONSULT Function". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. H
3.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-173, "CONSULT Function".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
J
4.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-96, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
5.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR L
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
- CAN communication line is open or shorted.
- The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted.
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. The vehicle speed on CONSULT
should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Proceed to EC-281, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Revision: 2015 March EC-280 D23
P0500 VSS
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. A
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
EC
M
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX or
P0607. N
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-96, "CONSULT Function". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 (With ABS)>>GO TO 3.
YES-2 (Without ABS)>>INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
+
Voltage
EOP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector terminal
F56 3 Ground 5V
+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
F56 3 F74 40 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EOP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F56 1 F74 38 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EOP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F56 2 F74 39 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK EOP SENSOR
Refer to EC-284, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587052
EOP sensor EC
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
C
2 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
1
3 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
1 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ D
2 None
3 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
1 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
3 E
2 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
F
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Decrease in engine oil pressure
• Decrease in engine oil level
• Engine oil condition
• EOP sensor
• Engine body
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
Is “Diagnosis Procedure” of DTC P0524 finished?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Maintain the following conditions for about 10 consecutive seconds.
A/T: P or N position
Selector/Shift lever
M/T: Neutral
Engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) or more
Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more
NOTE:
With engine speed set around 4,000 rpm, the phenomenon can be reproduced more easily.
Without CONSULT
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587054
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. N
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds.
O
Monitor item Condition Value
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C (176°F) Engine speed:
1,000 – 2,000 mV
• Selector/Shift lever: Idle
- A/T: P or N position P
EOP SENSOR
- M/T: Neutral Engine speed:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 1,500 – 3,500 mV
2,000 rpm
• No load
Without CONSULT
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
EOP sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
2 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
1
3 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
1 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
2 None
3 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
1 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
3
2 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 3. K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-289, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011590512
N
+
Voltage
PSP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F71 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F71 3 F75 76 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F71 1 F75 74 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F71 2 F75 75 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-291, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
ECM
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ECM power supply
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 10 times.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587057
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-294, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587059
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-296, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587061
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-299, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Start engine.
2. Rev up the engine quickly to approximately 3,000 rpm under unloaded condition and completely release
the accelerator pedal.
3. Let the engine idle and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-300, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587065
>> GO TO 2. M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 5 times.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. O
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-301, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587067
>> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
YES >> Proceed to EC-303, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587069
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply 1
• APP sensor 1
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS)
• PSP sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• TP sensor
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
Sensor power supply 2
• APP sensor 2
• CMP sensor (PHASE)
• Exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor
• EOP sensor
• MAF sensor
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
- APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.
- Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is shorted.
- Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.
- CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.
- PSP sensor circuit is shorted.
- Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.
- TP sensor circuit is shorted.
• APP sensor
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• CKP sensor (POS)
• PSP sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• TP sensor
FAIL-SAFE
C
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. D
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EC-305, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587072
F
+
Voltage K
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 2 Ground 5V
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3. M
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
N
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
O
64 Battery current sensor E6 1
72 CKP sensor (POS) F73 1
F75
76 PSP sensor F71 3 P
80 Electric throttle control actuator F76 2
104 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
E80 113 Atmospheric pressure sensor E91 1
122 APP sensor 1 E5 2
Is the inspection result normal?
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? H
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. I
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
>> GO TO 3.
L
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. Then check the “P/N
POSI SW” signal as per the following conditions.
N
Selector lever position Known-good signal
N or P position ON
Except above position OFF O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-308, "A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure". P
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
P or N Battery voltage
E80 117 128 Selector lever
Except above 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-308, "A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587076
+ −
A/T assembly ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F7 9 E80 117 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
M/T MODELS
A
When the shift lever position is Neutral position, park/neutral position (PNP) signal is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION K
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Then check “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.
M
Shift lever position Known-good signal
Neutral position ON
Except above position OFF N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-310, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure". O
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. P
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Neutral Battery voltage
E80 117 128 Shift lever
Except above 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-310, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011714113
+
PNP switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F35 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
PNP switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F35 2 E80 117 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
D
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector terminals.
PNP switch F
+ − Condition Continuity
Terminal
G
Neutral Existed
1 2 Shift lever
Except above Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace PNP switch. Refer to TM-25, "Removal and Installation".
I
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust valve timing control position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-312, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587078
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING (EVT) CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ground.
+ A
Voltage
EVT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
F55 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. E
+ −
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity
F
+ −
K
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F55 2 F74 42 Existed L
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT N
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
O
+ −
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F55 3 F74 43 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
JPBIA5856ZZ
JMBIA0065ZZ
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery
G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to BRC-196, "Work Flow".
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, perform the following trouble diagnosis.
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index".
SEF621W
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-320, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587087
>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. K
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-321, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011771525
M
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-304, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-322, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587091
+
Voltage C
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. E
+ − L
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
E6 3 F75 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 4 F75 63 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
JPBIA3286ZZ
ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F75 63 62 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake) F
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continutiy between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 1 F75 64 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 3 F75 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 4 F75 63 Existed
JPBIA3286ZZ I
ECM
J
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
K
F75 63 62 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
M
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1553 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-304, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-328, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011771528
+
Voltage C
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. E
+ − L
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
E6 3 F75 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 4 F75 63 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
JPBIA3286ZZ
ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F75 63 62 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK M
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle. N
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
Without CONSULT O
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
P
ECM
+ - Voltage
Connector
Terminal
F75 63 62 Above 2.3 V at least once
Is the inspection result normal?
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 1 F75 64 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 3 F75 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
+ − EC
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
C
E6 4 F75 63 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR E
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-333, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011771531 G
JPBIA3286ZZ L
ECM M
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
N
F75 63 62 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
P
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors [Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor) circuit is shorted.]
• Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587104
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 2 F75 61 Existed
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 3 F75 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
4.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the battery temperature sensor. Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. K
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587105
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ASCD steering switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B, first perform
the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587107
RESUME/ACC Pressed ON
ACCEL/RES switch
SW Released OFF F
Pressed ON
SET SW COAST/SET switch
Released OFF
G
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
Voltage
I
+ - Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
MAIN switch: Pressed 0V J
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V
E80 110 111 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2V
K
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4V
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT M
+ −
O
Combination switch
ECM Continuity
(Spiral cable)
P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M72 32 E80 111 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
+ −
Combination switch
ECM Continuity
(Spiral cable)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M72 25 E80 110 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-338, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch. Refer to ST-13, "WITH AIR BAG : Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587108
Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Resistance
Condition
+ − (Approx.)
Connector
Terminals
MAIN switch: Pressed 0Ω
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
M303 13 16 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 660 Ω
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch. Refer to ST-13, "WITH AIR BAG : Exploded View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
- Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted. G
- Brake pedal position switch circuit is shorted.
- Clutch pedal position switch circuit is shorted. (M/T models)
• Stop lamp switch H
• Brake pedal position switch
• Clutch pedal position switch (M/T models)
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
I
• Incorrect brake pedal position switch installation
• Incorrect clutch pedal position switch installation (M/T models)
• ECM
J
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B, first perform L
the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index". M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure N
before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
NOTE:
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for mal-
function B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be P
detected.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM A
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
EC
Slightly depressed 0V
E80 116 128 Brake pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-2 D
With CONSULT
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication as per the following conditions. E
Without CONSULT
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions. G
ECM
Voltage H
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage I
E80 115 128 Brake pedal
Fully released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY-1 K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
A/T models
+ M
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
E89 1 Ground Battery voltage
M/T models
+ O
Brake pedal position switch − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P
Slightly depressed 0V
E87 1 Ground Clutch pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO-1 (A/T models)>>Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO-2 (M/T models)>>GO TO 5.
+
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E88 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
6.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH AND CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION
SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and clutch pedal position
switch harness connector.
+ −
Brake pedal position switch Clutch pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E87 1 E88 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch. Refer to EC-345, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-13, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
A/T models
+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E89 2 E80 116 Existed
M/T models
+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E87 2 E80 116 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
+ −
Stop lamp relay ECM Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E55 3 E80 115 Existed
O
4. Check harness continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and stop lamp switch harness con-
nector.
P
+ −
Stop lamp relay Stop lamp switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E55 1 E56 1 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
+
Stop lamp switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E56 2 Ground Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected part.
14.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina- EC
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-61, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD
functions.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
CONSULT screen terms
DTC detecting condition D
(Trouble diagnosis content)
ASCD VHL SPD SEN ECM detects a difference between two vehicle speed signals is out of the
P1574
(ASCD vehicle speed sensor) specified range. E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) F
• Combination meter
• TCM
• ECM
G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION: O
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. P
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-348, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small
range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor. H
Other Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
I
When accelerating Poor acceleration
+ −
Stop lamp relay ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E55 3 E80 115 Existed
4. Check harness continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and stop lamp switch harness con-
nector.
+ −
Stop lamp relay stop lamp switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E55 1 E56 1 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected part.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH GRONUD CIRCUIT
1. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
+
Stop lamp switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E56 2 Ground Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected part.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-351, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-82, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011874259 C
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P2100
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
• Throttle control motor relay
DTC P2103
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE
+ −
D
ECM Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 2 E80 128 Battery voltage E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
H
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
F74 2 E60 11 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
L
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.) M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
F74 21 E80 128
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4. O
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 21 E60 16 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted) E
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
F
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior
G
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
Other
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
>> GO TO 3.
N
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. O
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587137
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
F74 2 E80 128
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 2 E60 11 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 21 E60 16 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ − A
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
1 Existed
5
3 Not existed
F76 F74 C
1 Not existed
6
3 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587140
+ − A
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
1 Existed
5
3 Not existed
F76 F74 C
1 Not existed
6
3 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T).
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Set selector lever to P position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T).
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-361, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T).
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-361, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-362, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587145
D
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
E5 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 2 E80 122 Existed
J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
M
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
E5 4 E80 127 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
5.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 3 E80 126 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-367, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587146
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V
Sensor 1 126 127
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V
E80 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.25 - 0.5 V
Sensor 2 119 120
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-365, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587148
P
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 1 E80 118 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 5 E80 120 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 6 E80 119 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-367, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
ECM
D
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal E
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V
Sensor 1 126 127
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V
E80 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.25 - 0.5 V F
Sensor 2 119 120
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2)
FAIL-SAFE
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-368, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587151
+
C
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal D
F76 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
G
+ −
Electric throttle control actu- H
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 2 F75 80 Existed I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
L
nector.
+ −
M
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
N
F76 4 F75 78 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT P
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 79
F76 F75 Existed
3 77
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-370, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587152
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36 V
Sensor 1 79
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F75 78
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
Sensor 2 77
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
N
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. O
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-371, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587154
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 2 E80 122 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 1 E80 118 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
+ − H
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
3 126
E5 E80 Existed
6 119
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts K
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-373, "Component Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation". M
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587155
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V
Sensor 1 126 127
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V
E80 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.25 - 0.5 V
Sensor 2 119 120
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. F
ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed H
Approx. 0 V
E80 116 128 • Clutch pedal (M/T): Fully released
Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T): Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587157
+ M
Brake pedal position switch − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
Slightly depressed 0V
E87 1 Ground Clutch pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
A/T models O
+
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
P
Connector Terminal
E89 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO-1 (M/T models)>>GO TO 2.
NO-2 (A/T models)>>GO TO 6.
+
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E88 1 Ground Battery voltage
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and brake pedal position
switch harness connector.
+ −
Clutch pedal position switch Brake pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E88 2 E87 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch. Refer to EC-378, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-13, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and clutch pedal position switch har-
ness connector.
+ −
Fuse block (J/B) Clutch pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M35 2B E88 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
+ −
Fuse block (J/B) Brake pedal position switch Continuity EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M35 2B E89 1 Existed
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. F
+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
G
E87*1 H
2 E80 116 Existed
E89*2
*1: M/T models
*2: A/T models I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
K
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-377, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-82, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000011772982
M
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. N
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. F
ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
• Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed H
Approx. 0 V
E80 116 128 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-379, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011772990
+
M
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E88 1 Ground Battery voltage N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
+ −
Fuse block (J/B) Clutch pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M35 2B E88 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Clutch pedal position switch ECM Condition Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E88 2 E80 116 Brake pedal: Fully released Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch. Refer to EC-381, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-13, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and brake pedal position
switch harness connector.
+ −
Clutch pedal position switch Brake pedal position switch Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E88 2 E87 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-3
1. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E87 2 E80 116 Existed
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-381, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-82, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000011772991
D
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via EC
the CAN communication.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000011587164
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.
1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-383, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-38, "Work Flow".
1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-385, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. E
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F
I
PBIB3332E
J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
L
+
Fuel injector - Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal M
1 F63 1
2 F64 1
Ground Battery voltage N
3 F65 1
4 F66 1
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
+ -
Fuel injector IPDM E/R Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F63 1
2 F64 1
E60 18 Existed
3 F65 1
4 F66 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ -
Fuel injector ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F63 2 13
2 F64 2 14
F74 Existed
3 F65 2 10
4 F66 2 9
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-386, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-42, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (with intelligent key), PCS-71,
"Removal and Installation" (without intelligent key).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587168
Fuel injector A
+ - Resistance
Terminal
EC
1 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-42, "Removal and Installation".
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should exist 1 second after
F74 18 E80 128
ignition switch is turn ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
K
1. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit harness connector and ground.
O
+
Fuel level sensor unit - Continuity
Connector Terminal P
C12 3 Ground Existed
2. Also heck harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
C
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-391, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. E
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Proceed to EC-391, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT G
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector terminals with an oscilloscope.
H
ECM
+ – Voltage signal
I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
86
87 J
90
F75 E80 128
K
91
JMBIA0085GB
NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Proceed to EC-391, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587174
N
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON. O
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
P
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
E80 121 128 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
+
Condenser − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F123 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
+ -
IPDM E/R Condenser Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E60 17 F123 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Refer to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
+
Condenser - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F123 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to EC-395, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
+ A
Ignition coil - Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
EC
1 F67 3
2 F68 3
Ground Battery voltage
3 F69 3 C
4 F70 3
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
F
+
Ignition coil - Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal G
1 F67 2
2 F68 2 H
Ground Existed
3 F69 2
4 F70 2
3. Also check harness for short to power. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
J
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ - L
Ignition coil ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
1 F67 1 86
2 F68 1 87
F75 Existed
3 F69 1 90 N
4 F70 1 91
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
P
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-394, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-26, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
Ignition coil
+ - Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminal No. (Polarity)
2 Except 0 or ∞
1
3
Except 0
2 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-26, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-2
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.
A
1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector. EC
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following.
Condenser C
+ - Resistance
Terminal
D
1 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25C° (77C°)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace condenser.
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX, P0500 or P1574 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-278, "A/T MODELS : DTC Description" (A/
T models), EC-281, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure" (M/T models).
NO-3 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1574. Refer to EC-347, "DTC Description".
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-112, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
G
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-277, "Work Flow".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
E80 103 124 1.0 - 4.0
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587182
+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ -
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 3 E80 104 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ - A
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
E49 1 E80 124 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
E
+ -
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 E80 103 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-101, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR :
Removal and Installation" J
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply 1
• APP sensor 1
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS)
• PSP sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• TP sensor
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
Sensor power supply 2
• APP sensor 2
• CMP sensor (PHASE)
• Exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor
• EOP sensor
• MAF sensor
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587184
+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ +
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 1 E80 118 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect following sensors harness connector.
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000011587185
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
SYMPTOM
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000011587188
E
JSBIA6014ZZ
: Timing indicator
G
I
JSBIA6015ZZ
EVAP CANISTER
1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
PBIB0663E
3. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
SEF943S
E
PBIB1589E
JSBIA5974GB
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure".
REMOVAL
1. Remove ECM cover.
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to HRANEESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE) in
PG-6, "Harness Connector".
4. Remove ECM mounting nuts.
5. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
EC
JSBIA5975GB
REMOVAL
J
1. Disconnect atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Remove atmospheric pressure sensor mounting bolt.
3. Remove atmospheric pressure sensor from bracket. K
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Never use dropped atmospheric pressure sensor. L
• Never bend the hose to prevent damage to the hose.
• Refer to the following when installing hose and clamp to
atmospheric pressure sensor . M
Hose Clamp
Insertion depth Direction of tab Clamping position (L) N
3 – 7 mm (0.12 – 0.28 in)
from hose end
Insert the hose until its Atmospheric pressure CAUTION:
end reaches the stop end. sensor connector side Clamp should not inter- O
fere with the bulge of
tube. JSBIA5994ZZ
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000011177280
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000011177281
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
PIIB3706J
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
K
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up. L
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.) M
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-6, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with N
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc. O
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
P
JPBIA3292ZZ
SAT652J
D
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and E
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Do not disassemble fuel pump.
If NG, take proper action.
• Do not disassemble fuel injector. F
If NG, replace fuel injector.
SEF348N
K
SEF709Y
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000011177285
EC
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia. D
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
E
S-NT564
I
S-NT705
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011177287
NOTE:
Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3.
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT
JSBIA5573ZZ
JSBIA5574ZZ
O
Fuel rail pressure relief valve EC-431, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
EGR cooler bypass valve (type 2 and 3 is not applicable) EC-429, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve"
Intake air temperature sensor 2 (type 3 is not applicable) EC-432, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2"
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 EC-430, "Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1"
Fuel pump suction control valve EC-431, "Fuel Pump (With fuel pump suction control valve)"
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 EC-430, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1"
BODY COMPARTMENT
EC
L
JSBIA5575ZZ
N
No. Component Function
EC-459, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction
Combination meter
Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
O
BCM transmits A/C ON signal to ECM via CAN com-
munication line.
BCM [With NISSAN anti-theft system (NATS)] Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
ponent Parts Location" for detailed installation loca- P
tion.
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-427, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
EC-433, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position
Stop lamp switch
Switch"
EC-433, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position
Brake pedal position switch
Switch"
LHD models
JSBIA6019ZZ
Engine room RH side Engine room front center Periphery of charge air cooler
Periphery of pedals
G
ECM INFOID:0000000011177288
JPBIA3292ZZ
K
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000011177296
PBIB1741E
O
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000011376263
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation P
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Barometric Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011177289
The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor detects ambient barometric pressure and sends
the voltage signal to the microcomputer.
OUTLINE
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con-
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command
value to IPDM E/R.
JPBIA3262ZZ
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the
charging/discharging current of the battery.
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor.
The sensor measures ambient temperature around the battery.
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.
<Reference data>
JPBIA3257ZZ F
EGR Cooler Bypass Valve INFOID:0000000011177313
EGR cooler bypass valve is integral with the EGR cooler . This G
valve closes the EGR cooler bypass at the engine start and supplies
gas not by way of the EGR cooler to raise combustion temperature
efficiently. ECM controls EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid H
valve. And then, the negative pressure is applied to diaphragm to
open the flap through the rod .
I
JSBIA0280ZZ
J
K
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve is controlled by
ECM and controls negative pressure exerted on the diaphragm of
the EGR cooler bypass valve.
When the EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve is ener- L
gized, the solenoid valve opens and negative pressure sent from the
vacuum pump is exerted on the diaphragm of the EGR cooler
bypass valve. M
N
JSBIA0670GB
O
The EGR volume control valve used a DC motor and controls the flow rate of EGR from exhaust manifold.
ECM controls the DC motor to make the valve opening angle in response to driving conditions.
P
SEF594K
<Reference data>
SEF012P
JPBIA3243ZZ
JPBIA3244ZZ
JPBIA3295GB
D
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000011177293
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec- E
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. F
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
G
PBIB0465E
H
Fuel Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000011177291
Fuel temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump I
and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
Fuel Pump (With fuel pump suction control valve) INFOID:0000000011177290
J
The fuel pump is installed in the engine. Utilizing the revolutions of the engine via gears, the fuel pump dis-
charges high-pressure fuel to the fuel rail. The fuel pressure is controlled by the fuel pump suction control
valve.
K
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011177292
The fuel rail pressure sensor is installed to the fuel rail and mea- L
sures the fuel pressure of the fuel rail.
The fuel rail pressure sensor sends a signal voltage to ECM. Voltage
increases as fuel pressure increases. ECM controls fuel rail pres-
sure, according to information from the fuel rail pressure sensor. M
When fuel rail pressure increases, fuel rail pressure is decreased by
the fuel rail pressure relief valve .
N
JSBIA2571ZZ
O
Glow Control Unit INFOID:0000000011177294
Glow control unit is controlled by ECM via PWM signal and improves performance in engine start. Further- P
more, this unit incorporates self-diagnosis function.
When malfunction is detected, glow control unit outputs malfunction signal to ECM
JSBIA1876ZZ
Intake air control valve actuator is integral with the throttle cham-
ber . ECM controls intake air control valve control solenoid valve.
And then, the negative pressure is applied to intake air control valve
actuator to close the throttle valve through the rod .
JSBIA5577ZZ
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 2 detects intake air tem-
perature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
JSBIA0281ZZ
<Reference data>
JSBIA0283GB
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000011177301
PBIA9559J
D
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is built-into the mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air
temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical E
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
<Reference data>
F
Intake air temperature
Voltage (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 3.3 2.003 -– 2.127 G
80 (176) 1.2 0.312 – 0.346
SEF012P
I
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011177315
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent J
to ECM, and ECM controls the air conditioner cut control and the cooling fan control.
PBIB2657E
Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switches installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). O
The turbocharger boost control actuator is integral with the turbocharger and consists of the control unit,
motor, and position sensor which detects gear system and rod position.
JSBIA2573GB
JMBIA0779ZZ
JSBIA6381GB
DESCRIPTION EC
In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
PBIB0590E
NOTE:
Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA6382GB
EC-447,
"GLOW
Performs the pre-glow control when the ignition switch is turned ON and the after- H
Glow control CONTROL :
glow control when the engine is started.
System De-
scription"
ECM adjusts the amount of exhaust gas recirculation to reduce the amount of NOx EC-447, I
and PM (Particulate Matter) by controlling the EGR volume control valve installed "EGR SYS-
EGR system
to the path between the exhaust manifold and the intake manifold. TEM : System
(Type 3 is not applicable) Description"
J
EC-450, "AIR
CONDITION-
Improves acceleration and reduces engine load by turning OFF the air conditioner ING CUT
Air conditioning cut control
compressor and reduces during acceleration and the rise in refrigerant pressure. CONTROL : K
System De-
scription"
EC-451, "AU-
L
TOMATIC
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at prede- SPEED CON-
Automatic speed control device
termined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal by driver′s setting TROL DE-
(ASCD)
of vehicle speed. VICE (ASCD) M
: System De-
scription"
EC-452,
"THROTTLE N
The intake air control valve control solenoid valve controls the ON-OFF load of the
Throttle control CONTROL :
intake air control valve actuator.
System De-
scription"
O
EC-452,
"CAN COM-
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time appli-
MUNICA-
CAN communication cation. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communi- P
TION :
cation speed and excellent error detection ability.
System De-
scription"
EC
JSBIA6023GB
P
JSBIA5593GB
EC
N
JSBIA6024GB
P0234 Turbocharger system ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor cir-
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0336 cuit
P0340
Camshaft position sensor circuit ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0341
P0605 • ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
ECM
P0606 • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P1020
P1022
P1023
TC control actuator ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P1024
P1025
P1026
P1028
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P102B
NOTE:
Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3. I
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0336GB
DECELERATION CONTROL
Sensor / unit Input signal to ECM Actuator
IDLE CONTROL
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed × × × × × ×
Camshaft position sensor Piston position ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature × × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position × × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor 1
Intake air temperature
• Fuel injector
Intake air temperature sensor 2*1
• Fuel pump
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure × × × (Fuel pump
Turbocharger boost sensor Turbocharger boost suction con-
trol valve)
Ignition switch Start signal ×
Battery Battery voltage ×
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air ×
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 × ×
DESCRIPTION
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control,
idle control and start control. ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control, the
amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance.
Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to
preset value.
START CONTROL
When ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, ECM
adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The amount of
fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value in ECM.
The program is determined by the engine speed, engine coolant
temperature and fuel rail pressure.
For better start ability under cool engine conditions, the lower the
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel
injected. ECM ends the start control when the engine speed reaches
the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle control.
SEF648S
IDLE CONTROL
When ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle control.
ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine to keep
SEF649S
E
MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL
The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine
coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions.
This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or dur- F
ing a system failure.
DECELERATION CONTROL G
ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injectors and fuel pump during deceleration for better fuel efficiency.
ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal position sensor and
crankshaft position sensor.
H
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011177325
I
NOTE:
Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM J
JSBIA0277GB
JSBIA2573GB
GLOW CONTROL
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA0568GB F
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
G
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Glow control unit
• ON signal H
Ignition switch Glow control ↓
• Start signal
Glow plug
Battery Battery voltage
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I
ECM controls glow control unit with PWM signal.
• Ignition switch ON (Pre-glow)
After ignition switch has turned ON, the glow control unit turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to J
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug (Pre-glow time).
• Cranking
The glow control unit turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
K
• Starting (After-glow)
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (After-glow time) for a certain period in
relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the L
time glow control unit is turned ON.
REFERENCE VALUE
Unit: Seconds M
Engine coolant temperature Pre-glow After-glow
[°C (°F)] (Approx.) (Approx.)
−40 (−40) 40 280 N
−20 (−4) 40 280
0 (32) 40 245
O
20 (68) 20 180
40 (104) 20 30
60 (140) 20 0 P
80 (176) 0 0
EGR SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011177328
NOTE:
JSBIA0303GB
EC
E
JSBIA0279GB
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0337GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the A/C compressor is turned OFF.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
A
System Diagram
EC
JSBIA5012GB
G
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
• Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed H
without depressing accelerator pedal by driver′s setting of vehicle speed*.
*: Driver can set the vehicle speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 177 km/h [109 MPH (for
Economical EGI with M/T models)] or 188 km/h [116 MPH (Except for Economical EGI with M/T models)]. I
For details, refer to GI-34, "Model Variation".
• ECM transmits a ASCD operation status signal to the combination meter and operation status of ASCD is
indicated on the information display in the combination meter. Refer to EC-455, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CON- J
TROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function".
• If any malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
CANCEL OPERATION K
• When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
- ASCD MAIN switch is pressed (Set speed will be cleared)
- CANCEL switch is pressed
- More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared) L
- Brake pedal is depressed
- Gear position is changed to neutral position (M/T models)
- Selector lever is changed to N, P or R range (A/T models) M
- Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
- VDC system is operated
- Actual vehicle speed decreased to approximately 30 km/h (18 MPH) or less
• When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform N
the driver by blinking ASCD indicator.
- Engine coolant temperature is excessively higher than the normal operating temperature, ASCD indicator
may blink slowly. O
(When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, ASCD indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.)
P
- Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control
(When ASCD is operating, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle speed memory will be
erased.)
THROTTLE CONTROL
System Diagram
JSBIA5580GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Vibration when stopping the engine can be controlled by cutting intake air right before the fuel is cut. The
intake air control valve control solenoid valve controls the ON-OFF load of the intake air control valve actuator.
As a result, the intake air control valve control solenoid valve will be turned ON when the ignition switch is
turned OFF with the engine running and when the engine stalls. After the engine has stopped, the intake air
control valve control solenoid valve will return to fully open.
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000011177333
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-53, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER)
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : ASCD Indicator INFOID:0000000011355489
JSCIA0831ZZ
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning informs the driver of low oil pressure to pre- EC
vent damage to the engine.
Symbol Message
C
F
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK
G
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL H
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-26, "METER
SYSTEM : Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM I
JSBIA3716GB
N
SIGNAL PATH
• IPDM E/R receives a signal from the engine oil pressure switch and transmits an oil pressure switch signal to
BCM via CAN communication.
• BCM transmits the received oil pressure switch signal to the combination meter via CAN communication. O
• The information display (on combination meter) is SHOWN/HIDDEN the engine oil pressure warning,
according to the oil pressure switch signal received from BCM.
LIGHTING CONDITION P
When all of the following conditions for at least 5 seconds are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
• Engine oil pressure is less than specified value. (Oil pressure switch signal: ON)
• Engine speed is more than 500 rpm.
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
JSBIA3700GB
t: 100 ms
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning lamps/Indicator lamps INFOID:0000000011177334
Name Function
Refer to EC-452, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) :
ASCD Indicator
ASCD Indicator".
Refer to EC-453, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : En-
Oil pressure warning
gine Oil Pressure Warning".
Refer to MWI-72, "WARNING/INDICATOR (ON INFORMATION DISPLAY) :
Oil Level Warning (with Color Information Display)" or MWI-73, "WARNING/
Oil level warning
INDICATOR (ON INFORMATION DISPLAY) : Oil Level Warning (with Mono-
chrome Information Display)".
JSBIA5589ZZ F
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
(MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diagnostic
tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
Diagnostic Tool Function INFOID:0000000011177338
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-456, "Diag-
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.
DTC 1st trip DTC 2nd trip DTC Freeze Frame data F
CONSULT × × × ×
GST × × × ×
ECM × × × — G
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in three consecutive trips (Three trip detection logic).
H
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Three Trip Detection Logic And One Trip Detection Log-
ic INFOID:0000000011177340
I
On board diagnosis (OBD) system of this vehicle has “Three Trip Detection Logic” and “One Trip Detection
Logic”. For which logic each self-diagnosis corresponds with, refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
“Trip” of “Three Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which the self-diagnosis is performed while driv-
J
ing.
THREE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM K
memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again during the next driving, 2nd trip DTC is stored in the ECM mem-
ory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <2nd trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again at the third driving, DTC is stored in the ECM memory and 2nd L
trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL illuminates at the same time when DTC is stored. <3rd trip>
In other words, DTC is stored and MIL illuminates when the same malfunction occurs in 3 consecutive trips.
This is called “Three Trip Detection Logic”. M
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in the ECM memory
and MIL lights up. This is called “One Trip Detection Logic”. N
Some self-diagnoses will not illuminate MIL when DTC is stored. (Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".)
1st/2nd trip DTC is not stored for one trip detection logic.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC And Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000011177341
O
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the combination meter. C
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. D
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
E
SAT652J F
G
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.
H
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG.
Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.). I
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
J
Engine stopped
K
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a DTC is detected,
WARNING the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction
has been detected. L
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st/2nd trip DTCs to be
ON position RESULTS read. M
N
Engine stopped
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes as follows.
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
ond) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-485, "DTC Index")
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
E
PBIB0092E
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS J
• When the malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame Data are stored in
the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected during 2nd consecutive trip, 2nd trip DTC and 2nd trip Freeze
Frame Data are stored and 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame Data are cleared. K
• When the same malfunction is detected during 3rd consecutive trip, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored
and MIL illuminates. 1st/2nd trip DTC and 1st/2nd trip Freeze Frame Data are cleared from the ECM mem-
ory. L
• MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 consecutive times with no malfunction (Driving pattern A).
• 1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC, 1st/2nd trip Freeze Frame Data, and Freeze Frame Data will be stored until the vehi-
cle is driven 41 times (Driving pattern B) without the same malfunction recurring. “TIME” data displayed in
M
the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode of CONSULT shows the number of times the vehicle is driven without the
same malfunction recurring.
SUMMARY CHART N
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS
JSBIA1859GB
H
JMBIA1940GB
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
O
• Freeze frame data
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC, refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
Freeze Frame Data
TERMINAL LAYOUT
F
JPBIA3293ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES I
NOTE:
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. J
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
Approximately 0.4 V L
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE: M
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
O
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
P
JSBIA5584GB
9*1 —
EGR volume control valve
— — —
(Y) position sensor ground
10 ASCD steering switch
— — — —
(B) ground
13 Refrigerant pressure sen-
— — — —
(BR) sor ground
14 Intake air temperature sen-
— — — —
(R) sor 1 ground
15 Engine coolant tempera-
— — — —
(LG) ture sensor ground
16 Fuel rail pressure sensor
— — — —
(W) ground
17
— Sensor shield — — —
(L)
18 Camshaft position sensor
— — — —
(B) ground
19 Crankshaft position sensor
— — — —
(B) ground
20
13 Refrigerant pressure sen-
(B)*3 — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(BR) sor power supply
(R)*4
21 54
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
(GR)*3 (P)*3 — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
*4 *4
sor 1 power supply
(Y) (B)
22 19 Crankshaft position sensor
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(W) (B) power supply
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
26
JSBIA5583GB
114 Fuel injector
(W)*3 Output
(B) (Cylinder No. 2)
(L)*4 Approximately 0.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA5584GB
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
L
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on M
rpm at idle
JPBIA3309ZZ
42 18
Camshaft position sensor Input
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.7 V N
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition O
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JPBIA3310ZZ P
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
JPBIA3311ZZ
43 19
Crankshaft position sensor Input
(R) (B)
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JPBIA3312ZZ
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA5588GB
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
51
114 Fuel injector JSBIA5583GB
(R)*3 Output
(B) (Cylinder No. 3)
(P)*4 Approximately 0.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA5584GB
58*1 —
Intake air temperature sen-
— — —
(B) sor 2 ground
D
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.0 V
60 54
Exhaust gas pressure sen- • Engine speed: Idle speed
(G)*3 (P)*3 Input E
*4 *4
sor 1 [Engine is running]
(W) (B)
• Warm-up condition 1.1 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running] F
• Warm-up condition 1.8 - 2.1 V
61
55 • Engine speed: Idle speed
(Y)*3 Turbocharger boost sensor Input
(L) [Engine is running]
(BR)*4 G
• Warm-up condition 2.0 - 2.3 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE H
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Idle speed
71*2 114 EGR cooler bypass valve
Output
(BR) (B) control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature: More I
0V
than 45°C (113°F)
• Engine speed: 2,200 rpm
Approximately 0.4 V J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
K
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
M
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
N
JSBIA5588GB
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
JSBIA5583GB
74 114 Fuel injector
Output
(R) (B) (Cylinder No. 1)
Approximately 0.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA5584GB
Approximately 0.3 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed C
JPBIA3296ZZ
103 114 Fuel pump suction control D
Input
(B) (B) valve
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running] E
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JPBIA3297ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Battery: Fully charged G
104 111 • Engine speed: Idle speed
Battery current sensor Input 2.6 – 3.5 V
(V) (W) NOTE:
Before measuring the terminal voltage,
confirm that the battery is fully charged. H
105
(SB)*3 111 Battery current sensor
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(SB/ (W) power supply I
*4
R)
106 108 Accelerator pedal position
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(L/W) (L) sensor 1 power supply J
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87 V
107 108 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released K
Input
(L/R) (L) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
L
108 Accelerator pedal position
— — — —
(L) sensor 1 ground
111 Battery current sensor
— — — — M
(W) ground
112 Mass air flow sensor
— — — —
(LG) ground
N
114
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
Approximately 5.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: Idle speed
JSBIA0548GB
116 114 Fuel pump suction control
Output
(G/R) (B) valve
Approximately 5.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA0549GB
0 – 4.8 V
117 111 Battery temperature sen-
Input [Engine is running] Voltage varies with battery tem-
(G/B) (W) sor
perature
119 121 Accelerator pedal position
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(W) (B) sensor 2 power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48 V
120 121 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(R) (B) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
121 Accelerator pedal position
— — — —
(B) sensor 2 ground
[Ignition switch: ON]
0.4 V
• Engine: Stopped
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.1 – 2.1 V
125 112
Mass air flow sensor Input • Engine speed: Idle speed
(V) (LG)
1.1 - 2.1 V to Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
(Check for liner voltage rise in re-
• Warm-up condition
sponse to engine being in-
• Engine speed: Idle to 4,000 rpm
creased to about 4,000 rpm)
127
— Sensor shield — — —
(Shield)
129 For 2 minutes after turning ignition
0 – 1.0 V
(BR)*3 114 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(BR/ (B) (self shut-off) More than 2 minutes after turning igni- BATTERY VOLTAGE
R)*4 tion switch OFF (11 - 14 V)
For 2 minutes after turning ignition
0 – 1.0 V
130 114 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(BR) (B) (self shut-off) More than 2 minutes after turning igni- BATTERY VOLTAGE
tion switch OFF (11 - 14 V)
Approximately 7.0 V
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine coolant temperature: Less
131 114
Glow control Output than 55 °C (131 °F)
(GR) (B) C
• For 2 minutes after turning ignition
switch ON.
JPBIA3303ZZ
D
134 Engine communication line Input/
— — —
(L) (Turbocharger actuator) Output
135 Engine communication line Input/ E
— — —
(P) (Turbocharger actuator) Output
[Ignition switch: OFF]
136 0V
114 • Brake pedal: Fully released
(Y)*3 Stop lamp switch Input F
(B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(Y/R)*4
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
137
(G)
— Glow control Input — — G
1.0 - 2.0 V
↑↓ (Periodically changes)
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
141*1 114 EGR volume control valve
Output • For 2 minutes after turning ignition
(Y) (B) (Close) I
switch OFF.
J
JSBIA0406ZZ
JPBIA3306ZZ
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: Except for type 3.
*2: Except for type 2 and 3.
*3: LHD models
*4: RHD models
NOTE:
Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3.
Fail safe INFOID:0000000011372328
D
P0234 Turbocharger system ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor cir-
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0336 cuit
E
P0340
Camshaft position sensor circuit ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0341
P0605 • ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
P0606
ECM
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
F
P1020
P1022
P1023 G
TC control actuator ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P1024
P1025
P1026
H
P1028
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P102B
P1029 TC boost sensor ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
I
P102A BARO sensor ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
P1273 Fuel pump • ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected. J
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P1274 Fuel pump • ECM stops the engine promptly.
P1409 EGR cooler bypass valve ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position). K
P1550
P1551
P1552 Battery current sensor ECM stops the power generation voltage variable control. L
P1553
P1554
P1556
Battery temperature sensor ECM stops the power generation voltage variable control. M
P1557
P2146 Fuel injector power supply cir- • ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P2149 cuit • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P2426
N
EGR cooler bypass valve ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
P2427
P2478 EGT sensor 1 ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
O
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000011177348
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
P
chart.
U0100 0100*4 LOST COMM (ECM A) 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-514
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0200 0200 INJECTOR 1 × EC-610
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR 1 ×
P0202 0202 CYL2 INJECTOR 1 ×
EC-611
P0203 0203 CYL3 INJECTOR 1 ×
P0204 0204 CYL4 INJECTOR 1 ×
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-612
P0222 0222 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT 1 ×
EC-614
P0223 0223 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT 1 ×
P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM 1 × EC-617
P0237 0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
EC-619
P0238 0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P0301 0301 INJ/CIRC1 1 —
P0302 0302 INJ/CIRC2 1 —
EC-621
P0303 0303 INJ/CIRC3 1 —
P0304 0304 INJ/CIRC4 1 —
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 1 ×
EC-623
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR 1 ×
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 1 ×
EC-626
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR 1 ×
P0380 0380 GLOWRELAY 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-629
*5 *6 *5 *6
P0403 0403 EGR SYSTEM 3 or 1 × or — EC-632
P0473 0473 EXH PRESSURE SEN A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-638
DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC
EC-661
P0643 0643 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P0652 0652 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
EC-663 C
P0653 0653 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P0668 0668 ECM 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
EC-665 D
P0669 0669 ECM 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P0670 0670 GLOW PLUG CONT MDL 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-629
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-521
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-523 F
P0717 0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-525
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-527
G
P0729 0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-531
P0732 0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-539
P0733 0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-542 I
P0734 0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-545
P0735 0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-548 J
P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-551
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 1 ×
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 1 ×
EC-678
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 1 ×
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 1 ×
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE 1 × EC-681
P1273 1273 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-685
P1274 1274 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-688
P1275 1275 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-691
P1409 1409 EGR COOLING BYPASS/V 1 ×*5 or —*6 EC-694
P1734 1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIO 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-574
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-711
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC 1 × EC-714
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC 1 ×
EC-715
P2148 2148 INJECTOR/CIRC 1 ×
P2149 2149 INJ PWR/CIRC 1 × EC-714
*5 *6 *5 *6
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC 3 or 1 × or —
EC-716
P2229 2229 BARO SEN/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P2426 2426 EGR COOLING VALVE 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
EC-717
P2427 2427 EGR COOLING VALVE 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P2478 2478 EGT SENSOR 1 B1 1 × EC-719
P2713 2713 PC SOLENOID D 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-581
DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P2731 2731 PC SOLENOID F 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-585 EC
P2807 2807 PC SOLENOID G 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-587
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the F
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. G
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
H
WIRING DIAGRAM A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000011177351
EC
TYPE 1
C
JRBWD1750GB
JRBWD1751GB
EC
JRBWD1752GB
JRBWD1753GB
EC
JRBWD3084GB
JRBWD3085GB
EC
JRBWD3086GB
JRBWD3087GB
EC
JRBWD3088GB
JRBWD3089GB
EC
JRBWD3090GB
JRBWD3091GB
EC
JRBWD3092GB
JRBWD3093GB
EC
JRBWD3094GB
JRBWD3095GB
EC
JRBWD1782GB
P
JRBWD1783GB
EC
JRBWD1784GB
JRBWD1785GB
EC
JRBWD1786GB
JRBWD3096GB
EC
JRBWD3097GB
JRBWD3098GB
EC
JRBWD3099GB
JRBWD3100GB
EC
JRBWD3101GB
JRBWD3102GB
EC
JRBWD3103GB
JRBWD3104GB
EC
JRBWD3105GB
JRBWD3106GB
EC
JRBWD3107GB
JRBWD3108GB
EC
JRBWD3210GB
P
JRBWD3211GB
EC
JRBWD3212GB
JRBWD3213GB
EC
JRBWD3214GB
JRBWD3109GB
EC
JRBWD3110GB
JRBWD3111GB
EC
JRBWD3112GB
JRBWD3113GB
EC
JRBWD3114GB
JRBWD3115GB
EC
JRBWD3116GB
JRBWD3117GB
EC
JRBWD3118GB
JRBWD3119GB
EC
JRBWD3120GB
JRBWD3121GB
BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000011177352
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JMBIA1206GB
DETAILED FLOW
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-457, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-743, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation related to the symptom. Refer to EC-748, "Description".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation related to the symptom.
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-483, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to EC-553, "Description".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-563, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 7.
>> GO TO 10.
H
10.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely. I
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain? J
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 8.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-457, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".) K
L
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- M
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint. N
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady and DTC to O
be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere. P
MTBL0017
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns EC
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on (1st/2nd trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENTS REPORT SITUATIONS
D
STEP in Work Flow Situation
II The CONSULT is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0”.
E
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st/2nd trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. F
G
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st/2nd trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-457, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-46, "Work Flow", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace. L
NOTE:
Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3.
×:Applicable
Service performed
Part name Replace- Required service Reference
ment Removal*1
D
1.SAVE ECM DATA
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. E
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE: F
Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
Is operation completed successfully?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.REPLACE ECM H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-751, "Removal and Installation".
I
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
J
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
>> GO TO 4.
K
4.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to “CONSULT Oper-
ation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”. L
>> GO TO 5.
M
5.WRITE ECM DATA
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. N
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
Is operation completed successfully?
O
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
6.REPLACE ECM P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-751, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to “CONSULT Oper-
ation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
Perform injector adjustment value registration. Refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM FUEL INJECTOR QUANTITY LEARNING
Perform fuel injector quantity learning. Refer to EC-559, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EGR volume control valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-558, "Work Procedure".
NOTE:
Type 3 is not applicable. Go to step 12.
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM CONFIGURATION CLEAR
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “CONFIG CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
>> END
D
1.START
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. E
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “EGR/V LEARN CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds. F
6. Make sure the “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
>> END G
“EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the
EGR volume control valve by monitoring the EGR volume control valve position sensor output signal. It must
be performed under any of the following conditions:
• EGR volume control valve is removed.
• EGR volume control valve is replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011177370
1.START
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
Make sure that EGR volume control valve moves during above 30 seconds by confirming the operating
sound.
>> END
DESCRIPTION EC
Fuel injection quantity learning is performed to adjust fuel injection quantity deviated during the use of injectors
under various conditions to properly adjust the injection quantity. If this learning is not performed, then mal-
functions, such as knocking and poor acceleration may occur. C
Injector fuel injection quantity learning must be performed after the following cases.
NOTE:
If the learning is performed at high altitudes (atmospheric pressure is low), there is the case the learning does
not complete. In this case, perform learning value clear only. The clear function is in the fuel injection quantity D
learning function.
• Injector(s) are replaced.
NOTE: E
• If all injectors are replaced, then perform learning value clear only. The clear function is in the fuel injection
quantity learning function.
• ECM is replaced.
• ECM detected some DTC. (After work completion) F
ERROR LIST
If errors listed below are indicated, diagnose and eliminate possible causes before restarting the learning.
G
Detection detecting condition
CONDITION ARE NOT SATISFIED Learning permission conditions are not satisfied. Refer to EC-559, "Work Procedure".
H
BOOST PRESSURE ERROR Error in boost pressure
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE ERROR Error in intake air pressure
ENGINE SPEED ERROR While engine speed is unstable I
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE ERROR Actual rail pressure is extremely deviated from the target rail pressure
Learning of Cylinder XX is unsuccessful
CYLINDER XX LEARNING NOT SUC- NOTE: J
CEEDED When this error message is shown, perform the learning again. If an error is detected in
the same cylinder, perform EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011177376
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with EC
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.
Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is
an operation to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing should be performed under the following conditions. C
• Fuel pump is changed.
• ECM is replaced with used one which stores the fuel pump learning value of other fuel pump.
D
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011177378
NOTE:
When removing fuel pump, perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing before starting the engine. E
1.FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
Without CONSULT F
Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as eras-
ing DTC. In detail, refer to EC-457, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".
G
>> WORK END
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector.
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle
Injector adjustment value registration must be performed after the following cases.
• Injector(s) are replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
For the first case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed.
And for the second case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed.
PBIB3150E
1.START
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.
• When all fuel injectors are replaced or ECM is replaced, it is recommended to perform “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode before performing this procedure. By performing “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode, injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
2. Select “ENTER INJECTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Touch “START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs injector adjustment value registration.
5. Input injector adjustment value, and touch “ENTER”.
NOTE:
Input injector adjustment value is stored in CONSULT.
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs injector adjustment value registration, and touch
“START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT are written onto ECM memory.
7. After “CMND FINISHED” is displayed, make sure that the following values are same for each cylinder.
- Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector.
- Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT screen.
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on the
CONSULT screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory cor-
rectly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again.
>> END
1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-9, "Periodic Maintenance". C
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
D
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF. E
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture. F
>> GO TO 2.
G
SEF142I
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM L
1. Stop engine.
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to FL-48, "Air Bleeding".
M
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN N
1. Start engine.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-749, "Inspection".
O
For specification, refer to EC-754, "General Specification".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
P
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to FL-54, "Draining Water from Fuel Filter".
>> GO TO 7.
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177382
EC
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing. C
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal J
97
98
K
E25 99 Ground Existed
100
114 L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors. M
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
O
ECM
Voltage
+ –
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
101 Battery volt-
E25 E25 114
102 age
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
101 After turning ignition
switch OFF, battery volt-
E25 E25 114 Drop to 0 V.
102 age will exist for 2 min-
utes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
1. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON 0V
ECM O
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E25 142 Ground Battery voltage
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE E
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
I
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-49, "CAN COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM : CAN System Specification Chart".
J
ENG communication is a serial communication line for real time application. It is a multiplex communication
line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. ECM and turbocharger boost
control actuator are connected with two communication lines (ENG communication H-line and ENG communi-
cation L-line) and transmit/receive data. ECM shares information and links with the turbocharger boost control
actuator during operation.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011177386
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ENG communication line is open or shorted.)
• Turbocharger boost control actuator
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-570, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177387
+ A
TC boost control actuator − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
F13 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between TC boost control actuator harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector. E
+ −
TC boost control actuator IPDM E/R Continuity
F
+
TC boost control actuator - Continuity K
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Existed
Is inspection result normal? L
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
M
5.CHECK ECM COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and TC boost control actuator harness connector.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
NOTE:
If the engine does not start, keep ignition switch at START position for at least 5 seconds. L
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-573, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177389
JPBIA4281ZZ
JPBIA4037ZZ
1.VISUALLY CHECK
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-352, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.
MBIB0647E
2.CHECK RESISTANCE A
Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminal.
E
1.VISUALLY CHECK
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. F
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-333, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-333, H
"Exploded View".
MBIB0647E J
2.CHECK RESISTANCE
Check the resistance between camshaft position sensor terminal as follows.
K
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel injector
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Air mixed with fuel
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0088 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-576, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177393
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
EC
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing”. Refer to EC-561, "Work Procedure". C
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “ERASE”. D
6. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again. Refer to EC-576, "DTC Description".
7. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-561, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. F
5. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again. Refer to EC-576, "DTC Description".
6. Check DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed again? G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR H
Check fuel rail pressure sensor.Refer to EC-577, "Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-312, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE J
Check fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EC-578, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Control
Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-331, "Disassembly and Assembly".
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR L
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 0.2 – 0.8 Ω [at 10 – 60°C (50 – 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-313, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Control Valve) INFOID:0000000011177396
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-326, "Removal and Installation".
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Air mixed with fuel E
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE F
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. J
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-579, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177398 L
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel rail
• Fuel pipe
• Fuel rail pressure relief valve
• Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0093 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Check the overall function of the fuel system.
WARNING:
• Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
• Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine.
NOTE:
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel system. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not
be confirmed.
Open engine room cover and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not. Refer to FL-48, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Proceed to EC-583, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check oil level. Refer to LU-37, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-583, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 5.
YES-2 >> With GST: GO TO 6.
NO >> Proceed to EC-583, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC P0093 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
J
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK AIR MIXED WITH FUEL
Check the fuel filter condition. Refer to FL-54, "Inspection".
Is fuel filter maintenance according to the manual? L
YES >> Perform air-bleeding from fuel line. Refer to FL-48, "Air Bleeding". And then, GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace fuel filter. Refer to FL-51, "Removal and Installation".
M
3.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by N
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-561, "Work Procedure". O
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “ERASE”. P
6. Perform Component Function Check again. Refer to EC-582, "DTC Description".
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-561, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
5. Perform Component Function Check again. Refer to EC-582, "DTC Description".
WARNING:
• Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve .
3. Attach a hose clip or a blind cap to removed hose.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PRES REGULATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST MODE” with
CONSULT.
6. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
7. Raise fuel pressure to 180 MPa with touching “UP” or “Qu” on
the CONSULT screen.
8. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres-
sure relief valve.
WARNING: JPBIA4036ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (IAT sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• IAT sensor 2
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-586, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177406
IAT sensor 2
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
F33 1 2 5V
Inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between IAT sensor 2 harness connector and ground.
+ A
Voltage
IAT sensor 2 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
F33 1 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IAT sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
IAT sensor 2 ECM Continuity
F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F33 1 E25 145 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. G
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. H
4.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IAT sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
+ −
IAT sensor 2 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
F33 2 F16 58 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT M
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+ N
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
O
97
98
E25 99 Ground Existed P
100
114
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
+ −
IAT sensor 2 Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
Temperature: 25°C (77°F) 2.00 – 2.13
1 2
Temperature: 80°C (176°F) 0.312 – 0.346
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace IAT sensor 2. Refer to EM-296, "Exploded View".
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2. J
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 40 seconds.
2. Drive the vehicle under the following condition. K
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F3 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECM
Condition N
+ − Voltage
Connector (pressure gauge)
Terminal Terminal
(+) (−)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
125 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal op-
1.1 – 2.1 V
E25 (MAF sensor E25 112 erating temperature.)
signal)
1.1 – 2.1 V to Approx.
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
4.0 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-292, "Removal and Installation".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE
F
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
J
YES >> Proceed to EC-593, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II K
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-593, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177414
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage P
Connector Terminal
F3 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Revision: 2015 March EC-593 D23
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
(+) (−) A
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
EC
125 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal op-
1.1 – 2.1 V
E25 (MAF sensor E25 112 erating temperature.)
signal)
1.1 – 2.1 V to Approx.
Idle to about 4,000 rpm C
4.0 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-292, "Removal and Installation".
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-596, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177417
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F3 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness to connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-598, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177420
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE
ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0652 or P0653.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-600, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177423
APP sensor A
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E5 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
(+) (−)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the following condition for at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION: J
Always drive at a safe speed.
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check if foreign matter is caught between the turbocharger. Refer to EM-305, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the turbocharger. Refer to EM-305, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
4.CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Check the installation condition of turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-294, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Install turbocharger boost sensor definitely.
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Check turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EC-604, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-294, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177427
ECM
Condition
+ − Voltage
Connector (pressure gauge)
Terminal Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Fuel temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
F
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
J
YES >> Proceed to EC-605, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177438
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
F
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (lower limit).
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0192 or P0193 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC H
P0642 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3. K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
L
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-607, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177440 N
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit,
the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow
through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse
duration based on engine fuel needs.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011177443
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (lower limit).
• ECM limits the fuel injected pattern.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
TESTING CONDITION
Confirm the ambient temperature is more than −20°C (−4°F).
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-610, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177444
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase self diag results of ECM.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again.
Is DTC P0200 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. EC-751, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE G
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. I
TESTING CONDITION
Ambient temperature is more than −20°C (−4°F).
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-611, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177446
Perform the trouble diagnosis for fuel injector circuit. Refer to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
SEF621W
I
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK MAIN RESERVOIR TANK CAP
Check main reservoir tank cap. Refer to CO-71, "RESERVOIR TANK CAP : Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace main reservoir tank cap. K
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-83, "Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-82, "Removal and Installation". M
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-599, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temper-
ature Sensor)". N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform overheating cause analysis. Refer to CO-66, "Troubleshooting Chart".
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-341, "Exploded View". O
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE
ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0642 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177451
APP sensor A
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
(+) (−) P
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
+
TC boost control actuator −
Voltage
Connector Terminal
F13 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between TC boost control actuator harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
+ −
TC boost control actuator IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F13 1 E62 26 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for TC boost control actuator power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between TC boost control actuator harness connector and ground.
+
TC boost control actuator − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace turbocharger assembly. Refer to EM-305, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
>> GO TO 3. K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177457
N
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC
shaft position sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Poor compression
• Incorrect fuel injector connection I
• Fuel injector
• Lack of fuel
J
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes before conducting the next test.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 30 seconds. N
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-621, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177460
P
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
P0335
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Crankshaft position sensor F
P0336
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Crankshaft position sensor G
• Signal plate
FAIL-SAFE H
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY I
If DTC P0335 or P0336 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0652 or P0653.
J
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
K
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-623, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177462
P
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0335 or P0336 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0652 or P0653.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between CKP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
JPBIA4037ZZ
1.VISUALLY CHECK
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-352, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.
MBIB0647E
2.CHECK RESISTANCE
Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminal.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
P0340
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Camshaft position sensor
P0341
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Camshaft position sensor
• Signal plate
• Starting system circuit
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0340 or P0341 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0642 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
NOTE:
If engine could start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-626, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177465
CMP sensor
C
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F11 3 Ground Approx. 5 V D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
CMP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F11 2 F16 18 Existed H
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and CMP sensor harness connector.
JPBIA4281ZZ
1.VISUALLY CHECK
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-333, "Exploded View".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-333,
"Exploded View".
MBIB0647E
2.CHECK RESISTANCE
Check the resistance between camshaft position sensor terminal as follows.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (Glow control unit input signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• Glow control unit
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-629, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177468
+ N
Glow control unit − Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
E46 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Glow control unit ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 137
E46 E25 Existed
8 131
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK GLOW PLUG CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Remove glow plug terminals (nuts).
2. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals.
+ −
Glow control unit Glow plug Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F25
2
(No.1)
F26
7
(No.2)
E46 1 Existed
F27
1
(No.3)
F28
6
(No.4)
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK GLOW PLUG
Check glow plug. Refer to EC-630, "Component Inspection (Glow Plug)".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace glow control unit.
NO >> Replace malfunction glow plug. Refer to EM-311, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Glow Plug) INFOID:0000000011177469
CAUTION:
• Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, replace glow plug with a new one.
• If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, replace with a new one.
• If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
• Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, then tighten using a tool to specified torque.
1.CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Disconnect glow plug terminals (nuts).
2. Remove a glow plug.
3. Check resistance between glow plug terminal and glow plug stem.
Terminals Resistance
1 and glow plug stem Approx. 0.45 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness and connector (The EGR volume control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve stuck closed
• EGR passage clogged
• EGR volume control position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop the engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart the engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-632, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177474
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Select “TRG EGR/V ANGLE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE:
Select “EGR V/POS SEN” of data monitor item.
3. Activate the EGR volume control valve and check “EGR V/POS SEN” indication value is changed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
+ −
EGR volume control valve Resistance O
Terminal
4 5 0.3 – 100 Ω
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0405 or P0406 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0652 or P0653.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop the engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart the engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-634, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177477
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The EGR volume control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0409 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or
P0653.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is more than 81°C (178°F)
2. Stop the engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart the engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-636, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177479
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0473 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-638, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177487
+
E
Voltage
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F22 3 Ground 5V F
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. G
+ −
Exhaust gas pressure sen- J
ECM Continuity
sor 1
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F22 3 F16 21 Existed K
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is inspection result normal?
L
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con- N
nector.
+ −
O
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
ECM Continuity
sor 1
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
F22 1 F16 54 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
97
98
E25 99 Ground Existed
100
114
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
7.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
ECM Continuity
sor 1
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F22 2 F16 60 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
8.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-640, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1)".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor 1. Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location".
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000011177488
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
2. Stop the engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart the engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-641, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177499
L
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
ECM receives vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication
line.
ECM uses the signal for ASCD control.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011351108
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0501, P0502 or P0503 is displayed with DTC U1000 or P0606, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC U1000 or P0606.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
• Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
• Turn ESP switch OFF.
>> GO TO 3.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (7 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-642, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011351109
NOTE:
Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The MI will not light up for this diagnosis.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
- The stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.
- The stop lamp relay circuit is open or shorted.
- The brake pedal position switch circuit is open or shorted.
- The clutch pedal position switch circuit is open or shorted.
• Stop lamp switch
• Stop lamp relay
• Brake pedal position switch
• Clutch pedal position switch
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect stop lamp relay installation
• Incorrect brake pedal position switch installation
• Incorrect clutch pedal position switch installation
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
• Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
• Turn ESP switch OFF.
>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (4 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
3. Depress the brake pedal and keep vehicle speed more than 5 km/h (4 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
NOTE:
Clutch pedal is released.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EC-644, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011351114
Without CONSULT C
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
D
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Fully released Approx. 0 V E
E25 136 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL AND CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL G
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. H
3. With operating the brake pedal, check the monitor status.
Without CONSULT K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
L
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
M
Brake pedal Fully released Battery voltage
(Clutch is released.) Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
F16 80 Ground
Clutch pedal Fully released Battery voltage N
(Brake pedal is re-
leased.) Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
E10*1
E76*2
1 Ground Battery voltage E
E89*3
E90*4
*1: RHD models with A/T F
*2: RHD models with M/T
*3: LHD models with A/T
*4: LHD models with M/T
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES (A/T models)>>GO TO 9.
YES (M/T models)>>GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
TYPE2, TYPE3
E10*1
2 F16 80 Existed M
E89*2
*1: RHD models with A/T
*2: LHD models with A/T
N
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
O
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector. P
2. Check harness continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and clutch pedal posi-
tion switch harness connector.
TYPE1
E76*1
2 E20 1 Existed
E90*2
*1: RHD models with M/T
*2: LHD models with M/T
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
A
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-71, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
C
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal D
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay) INFOID:0000000011375316
F
1.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp relay harness connector. G
3. Check continuity between stop lamp relay terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGT sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGT sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-650, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature.
2. Drive according the following directions for 6 seconds or more.
Condition
Engine speed: 3,000 rpm or less
Vehicle speed: 30 km/h (19MPH) or more
Accelerator pedal: Depress 3/8 or more
CAUTION:
Always drive safely.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-650, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177501
EGT sensor 1 EC
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
C
F21 1 2 5V
Inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between EGT sensor 1 harness connector and ground. E
+
Voltage F
EGT sensor 1 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F21 1 Ground 5V G
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGT sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
+ −
EGT sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
F21 1 F16 5 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
L
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
M
4.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
3. Check the continuity between EGT sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − O
EGT sensor 1 ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F21 2 F16 6 Existed
P
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
97
98
E25 99 Ground Existed
100
114
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
6.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1
Check EGT sensor 1. Refer to EC-652, "Component Inspection (EGT Sensor 1)".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGT sensor 1. Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location".
Component Inspection (EGT Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000011177502
+ −
Resistance (kΩ)
EGT sensor 1 Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
Temperature: 20°C (68°F) 118
1 2
Temperature: 80°C (176°F) 27
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace EGT sensor 1. Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0580 or P0581 is displayed with DTC P0606, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press ASCD MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-654, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011351111
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
(+) (−)
G
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0V H
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1V
F16 34 F16 10 COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 2V
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 3V I
ALL ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4V
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
4. Check harness continuity between combination switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250
M303 13 and 16 COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 660
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-13, "WITH AIR BAG : Removal and Installation"
(WITH AIR BAG) or ST-15, "WITHOUT AIR BAG : Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT AIR
BAG).
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected. F
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
YES >> Proceed to EC-657, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177506
1.DTC CONFIRMATION L
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC P0607 detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-658, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177509
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-658, "DTC Description".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-751, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump suction control valve circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel pump
FAIL-SAFE F
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-659, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177511
L
1.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump suction control valve harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel pump suction control valve harness
connector.
N
Fuel pump suction control
ECM
valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
E25 116 F44 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel pump suction control valve harness
connector.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-331, "Disassembly and Assembly".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors for following circuit is shorted. E
- Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
- Camshaft position sensor
- Fuel rail pressure sensor F
- Turbocharger boost sensor
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) G
• Camshaft position sensor
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor H
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE I
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-661, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177516
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
Accelerator pedal position
E25 119 E5 1
sensor 2
45 Camshaft position sensor F11 3
46 Fuel rail pressure sensor F23 1
48 Turbocharger boost sensor E45 3
F16
20 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
21 F22 3
sor 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (Refer to EC-600, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Camshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-626, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Turbocharger boost sensor (Refer to EC-619, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-730, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 (Refer to EC-638, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor (Refer to EC-607, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. L
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-663, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177518
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
105 Battery current sensor E6 1
E25 Accelerator pedal position
106 E5 2
sensor 1
22 Crankshaft position sensor F12 3
L
1.DTC CONFIRMATION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. M
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-665, "DTC Description".
4. Check the DTC.
Is the DTC displayed again? N
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-751, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
• ECM relay
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-666, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177522
+ −
ECM Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
101 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
E25 E25 114 voltage will exist for 2 minutes, then drop ap-
102 proximately 0V.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 2 minutes.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
+ − A
Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
129
E25 E25 114 Battery voltage EC
130
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
E
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
129
E25 E62 31 Existed
130 G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY), or PCS-71,
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY). H
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
J
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
101 26
E25 M62 Existed
102 25
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY), or PCS-71,
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY). M
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Turbocharger
• TC boost control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-668, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177524
The mutual diagnoses performed by comparing signals from exhaust gas pressure sensor 1, turbocharger EC
boost sensor and BARO sensor enables the detection of malfunctioning sensors.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011177528
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
CONSULT screen terms
DTC detecting condition
D
(Trouble diagnosis content)
EXH PRESSURE SEN A The output voltage of the exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 is out of specified
P1028
(Exhaust pressure sensor A) range. E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit.)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 F
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
H
If DTC P1028 is displayed with DTC P0473, P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0473, P0642 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3. K
O
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1028 is displayed with DTC P0473, P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0473, P0642 or P0643. P
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit 1. Refer to EC-638, "Diagnosis Procedure".
The mutual diagnoses performed by comparing signals from exhaust gas pressure sensor 1, turbocharger EC
boost sensor and BARO sensor enables the detection of malfunctioning sensors.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011177531
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
CONSULT screen terms
DTC detecting condition
D
(Trouble diagnosis content)
TC BOOST SENSOR A
P1029 The output voltage of the TC boost sensor is out of specified range.
(Turbocharger boost sensor A) E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TC boost sensor circuit)
• TC boost sensor F
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
H
If DTC P1029 is displayed with DTC P0237, P0238, P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0237, P0238, P0642 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3. K
O
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1029 is displayed with DTC P0237, P0238, P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0237, P0238, P0642 or P0643. P
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
ECM A
Condition
+ − Voltage
Connector (pressure gauge)
Terminal Terminal
EC
61 0 kPa (0 mbar, 0 mmHg, 0 inHg) Approx. 2.1 V
F16 55
(Turbocharger boost sensor signal) 40 kPa (400 mbar, 300 mmHg, 11.81 inHg) Approx. 2.7 V
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-294, "Exploded View".
D
The mutual diagnoses performed by comparing signals from exhaust gas pressure sensor 1, turbocharger
boost sensor and BARO sensor enables the detection of malfunctioning sensors.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011177535
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (BARO sensor circuit.)
• BARO sensor
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P102A is displayed with DTC P2228 or P2229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2228 or
P2229.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-674, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177536
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Poor installation of exhaust
FAIL-SAFE
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Select “EXH LEAK DIAG1” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT.
3. Drive the vehicle as per the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted.)
• Injector adjustment value
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start the engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-679, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
NOTE:
This diagnosis procedure must be used with CONSULT.
F
1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT. G
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT screen.
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 0.2 – 0.8 Ω [at 10 – 60°C (50 – 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-313, "Removal and Installation".
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump control circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pump suction control valve E
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Fuel rail pressure relief valve
• Air mixed with fuel
F
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected. G
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
• ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1272 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or I
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index". J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. K
>> GO TO 3.
L
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the acceler-
ator pedal. M
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-681, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177549 O
J
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel pump suction control valve harness connector. K
3. Check the resistance between fuel pump suction control valve terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance L
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-331, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177551
N
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
WARNING:
• Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve .
3. Attach a hose clip or a blind cap to removed hose.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PRES REGULATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST MODE” with
CONSULT.
6. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
7. Raise fuel pressure to 180 MPa with touching “UP” or “Qu” on
the CONSULT screen.
8. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres-
sure relief valve.
WARNING: JPBIA4036ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump
• Injector adjustment value E
• Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE F
• ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit). G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY H
If DTC P1273 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected? I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
K
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. L
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-685, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177554
NOTE: O
This diagnosis procedure must be used with CONSULT.
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
P
If DTC P1273 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Terminals Resistance
E
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-331, "Disassembly and Assembly".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump suction control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel pump
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the engine promptly.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1274 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-688, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177557
Terminals Resistance
O
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-331, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177559
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump suction control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel pump E
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected. F
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1275 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
P0643. H
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. J
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 60 seconds.
3. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-691, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177561
N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1275 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or O
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump suction control valve harness connectors.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel pump suction control valve harness
connector.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-331, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177563
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage EC
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Perform trouble diagnosis for EGR cooler bypass system. Refer to EC-726, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
EC
Type 2 and 3 is not applicable. Go to step 4.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
C
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT LEAK
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Check that the engine coolant level is normal.
3. Check water hose and EGR cooler for clogging, cracks or improper connection.
Is inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK CHARGE AIR COOLER F
Check the charge air cooler fin for crushing and clogging.
Inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace charge air cooler. Refer to EM-295, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK CATALYST H
1. Remove catalyst. Refer to EM-302, "Exploded View".
2. Check them for crushing and clogging.
Is inspection result normal? I
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
J
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the power generation voltage variable control.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553 or P1554 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trou-
ble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and wait at least 15 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-697, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Let the engine at idle and wait for 16 minute.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-697, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
A
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553 or P1554 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trou-
ble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. EC
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. C
+ −
N
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 1 E25 105 Existed O
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. P
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 3 E25 111 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
97
98
E25 99 Ground Existed
100
114
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
7.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 4 E25 104 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
8.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check battery current sensor. Refer to EC-698, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000011351120
ECM
Voltage C
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ
104 D
E25 111 2.5 V
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Battery temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the power generation voltage variable control.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-700, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011351122
+ A
Voltage
Battery current sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
E6 2 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 2 E25 117 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. G
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. H
4.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
E6 3 E25 111 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
L
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
M
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
N
+
ECM − Continuity
O
Connector Terminal
97
98 P
E25 99 Ground Existed
100
114
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ECM
FAIL-SAFE E
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
1.DTC CONFIRMATION K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-703, "DTC Description". L
4. Check the DTC.
Is the DTC displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-751, "Removal and Installation". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Injector adjustment value
(Injector adjustment value has not been written onto ECM memory yet, or the value has been initialized.)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-704, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177569
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-705, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177571
L
NOTE:
This diagnosis procedure must be used with CONSULT.
1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT screen. N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT.
2. Touch “ERASE”.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again. Refer to EC-705, "DTC Description".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-751, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Stop lamp switch
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
G
Since this DTC is difficult to be confirmed, check component function to judge the normality.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
2.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION I
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. J
3. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions.
+
ECM N
– Condition Voltage
Connec-
Terminal
tor
O
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
E25 136 Ground Brake pedal pressed
Fully released Approx. 0 V
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure".
+
Stop lamp relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
E55 Ground Battery voltage
5
3. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Check stop lamp relay. Refer to EC-709, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH J
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-709, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-82, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011177575
L
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The APP sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected. F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY G
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653.
Is applicable DTC detected? H
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING I
N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653. O
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
E5 Ground Approx. 5 V
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
(+) (−) A
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-714, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177585
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177587
L
Perform the trouble diagnosis for fuel injector circuit. Refer to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
BARO sensor (built-into ECM)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-716, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177593
1.DTC CONFIRMATION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-716, "DTC Description".
4. Check the DTC.
Is the DTC displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-751, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) F
• EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position). G
O
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector. P
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
+
EGR cooler bypass valve control
− Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
F14 2 Ground Battery voltage
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EGR cooler bypass valve
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F14 1 F16 71 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Perform EC-727, "Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-299.
Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000011177600
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 43 – 49 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 3.
J
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Select “ENGINE STATUS” of “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT.
3. Start the engine and drive the vehicle with the constant accelerator pedal depression to maintain a con-
stant vehicle speed.
CAUTION: L
• Always drive safely.
• Never allow engine speed to be changed by 2 rpm/s or more.
NOTE: M
• Vehicle speed and engine speed can be set arbitrarily.
• For better results, drive under high-load conditions.
4. Check that “ENGINE STATUS” indicates “STEADY”.
NOTE: N
If “ENGINE STATUS” indicates “TRNST”, drive under steady engine revolution.
5. Keep the condition above for 5 seconds.
6. Check DTC. O
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine and drive the vehicle with the constant accelerator pedal depression to maintain a con-
stant vehicle speed for 5 seconds. P
CAUTION:
• Always drive safely.
• Never allow engine speed to be changed by 2 rpm/s or more.
NOTE:
• Vehicle speed and engine speed can be set arbitrarily.
• For better results, drive under high-load conditions.
2. Check DTC.
+ D
Fuel injector − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
E
1 F29
2 F30 Half of battery volt-
1 Ground
3 F31 age
F
4 F32
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I
+ −
Cylinder Fuel injector ECM Continuity J
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F29 73
2 F30 49
K
1 F16 Existed
3 F31 73
4 F32 49 L
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ECM power supply. M
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ −
Cylinder Fuel injector ECM Continuity
P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F29 74
2 F30 26
2 F16 Existed
3 F31 51
4 F32 3
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
1.CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug terminals (nuts) are installed properly.
Are glow plug terminals (nuts) installed properly?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Install properly.
2.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnoses for detected DTC. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW CONTROL UNIT AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals (nuts).
2. Check harness continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals.
CAUTION:
• Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, replace glow plug with a new one.
• If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, replace with a new one.
• If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
• Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, then tighten using a tool to specified torque.
Terminals Resistance
1 and glow plug stem Approx. 0.45 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning glow plug. Refer to EM-311, "Removal and Installation". D
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
+
EGR cooler bypass valve control
− Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
F14 2 Ground Battery voltage
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EGR cooler bypass valve
ECM Continuity
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F14 1 F16 71 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
SEF109L G
5.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE
Check EGR cooler bypass valve. Refer to EC-727, "Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve)". H
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO >> Replace EGR cooler assembly. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View". I
Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000011177624
Terminals Resistance
L
1 and 2 43 – 49 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Replace EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve) INFOID:0000000011177625
N
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE
1. Install a vacuum pump to EGR cooler bypass diaphragm.
2. Check that a vacuum is kept when applying the vacuum to EGR cooler bypass diaphragm. O
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EGR cooler assembly. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View". P
CONDITIONS vacuum
For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF should exist
Except above should not exist
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks
or improper connection.
Refer to EC-753, "Hydraulic Layout".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery.
SEF109L
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake air control valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between intake air control valve control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
N
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
CONDITIONS
between and between and
12V direct current supply be-
Yes No O
tween terminals and
No supply No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second. P
If NG, replace intake air control valve control solenoid valve. MEC488B
NOTE:
If DTC P0642 or P0643 is displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or P0643. Refer
to EC-661, "DTC Description".
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “AC PRESS SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
4. Check the monitor status.
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F16 37 Ground Approx. 1.0 – 4.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
Check refrigerant pressure. Refer to HA-30, "Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Proceed to EC-730, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair refrigerant system.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177627
E
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 F16 37 Existed F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-120, "Removal and Installation". G
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Connec- Ground Condition Voltage
Terminal
tor
Approx. 0
ON
Ignition V
E25 150 Ground
switch Battery
START
voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-732, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177629
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-96, "CONSULT Function".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. F
ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
H
pressed
E25 136 114 Brake pedal
Fully re-
Approx. 0 V
leased I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-735, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177638
E
Stop lamp switch
+ − Condition Continuity
Terminal F
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH -2
1. Adjust the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-83, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector terminals. I
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage G
Connector
Terminal
P, or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Approx. 0 V
E25 151 114 Selector lever position H
Except above Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". I
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models)" (M/T models), or EC-741, "Diagnosis Pro-
cedure (A/T Models)" (A/T models).
J
Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models) INFOID:0000000011177646
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. L
4. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
M
+ −
Park/neutral position switch IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
F35 1 E60 13 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
P
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector and park/neutral
position relay.
+ +
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/neutral position relay Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F35 2 E48 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ground.
+
Park/neutral position relay − Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
E48 Ground Existed
5
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Park/neutral position relay ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E48 3 E25 151 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY
Check the park/neutral position relay. Refer to EC-742, "Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace park/neutral position relay.
6.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to EC-742, "Component Inspection [Park/Neutral Position
(PNP) Switch]".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to TM-25, "Removal and Installation".
A
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position relay harness connector. EC
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ground.
+ C
Park/neutral position relay − Continuity
Connector Terminal
D
2
E48 Ground Existed
5
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. F
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check the Voltage between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ground.
+ H
Park/neutral position relay − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P, or N Battery voltage
I
E48 1 Ground
Except above Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check the power supply circuit.
3.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ECM harness connector. L
+ −
M
Park/neutral position relay ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E48 3 E25 151 Existed N
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. O
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY P
Check the park/neutral position relay. Refer to EC-742, "Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace park/neutral position relay.
1
4
NO START (without first firing)
1
4
HARD/NO START/RESTART
AA
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD (EXCP. HA)
1
4
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
1
4
AT IDLE
1
4
AB DURING DRIVING ENGINE STALL
1
4
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
WHEN DECELERATING
1
4
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
AC HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
1
4
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
1
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
LACK OF POWER
1
4
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
1
4
EC-743
HI IDLE
1
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
1
4
AG ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
1
4
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
AH IDLING VIBRATION
1
4
AJ SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
1
4
AK OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
1
4
AM EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BLACK SMOKE
1
AP ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR
WHITE SMOKE
1
HA DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)
721
715
714
610
691
688
681
659
579
576
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
ence
Refer-
[YD25DDTi]
INFOID:0000000011177653
D23
I
L
F
P
K
E
A
N
H
D
C
O
G
M
EC
cuit
tion
code
circuit
sensor circuit
sensor circuit
sensor circuit
sensor circuit
perature circuit
Camshaft position
Warranty symptom
Crankshaft position
Turbocharger boost
Fuel injector adjust-
ment value registra-
1
NO START (without first firing)
1
1
HARD/NO START/RESTART
AA
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD (EXCP. HA)
3
1
1
1
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
3
1
1
AT IDLE
1
1
AB DURING DRIVING ENGINE STALL
1
WHEN DECELERATING
1
1
AC HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
1
1
1
1
1
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
1
1
LACK OF POWER
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
1
1
1
1
1
EC-744
HI IDLE
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
1
AG ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
1
1
1
1
AH IDLING VIBRATION
1
1
1
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
1
AK OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
1
AL EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
1
BLACK SMOKE
1
1
1
1
711
671
619
626
623
607
614
600
598
593
589
705
704
559
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
ence
Refer-
[YD25DDTi]
D23
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
SYMPTOM
A
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)
C
Refer-
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
IDLING VIBRATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
G
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
H
Warranty symptom
AM
AG
HA
AC
AD
AH
AA
AB
AE
AK
AP
AF
AL
AJ
code I
Turbocharger boost
EC-
control actuator cir- 1 1 1 1 1
617
cuit
J
EC-
Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
732
EC-
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1 K
565
Power supply for EC-
1 1 1 1
ECM circuit 565
L
EGR volume control EC-
1 1 1 1
circuit 632
EC-
EGR cooler bypass M
634
valve control sole- 3 1
EC-
noid valve
636
EC- N
Glow control circuit 1 1 1 1 1
724
Intake air tempera-
—
ture sensor 2 circuit O
Exhaust gas tem-
perature sensor 1 1 1 1 —
circuit
P
Exhaust gas pres-
—
sure sensor 1 circuit
Refrigerant pressure EC-
2 2 2 3 3 3 4
sensor circuit 730
ECM
shutoff) circuit
ECM relay (Self-
Warranty symptom
2
NO START (without first firing)
2
1
HARD/NO START/RESTART
AA
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD (EXCP. HA)
2
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
2
AT IDLE
2
AB DURING DRIVING ENGINE STALL
2
1
2
1
AC HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
2
1
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
2
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
EC-746
HI IDLE
2
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
2
AG ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
2
AH IDLING VIBRATION
2
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
2
AK OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
2
AL EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
2
AM EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
2
BLACK SMOKE
2
703
658
657
666
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
ence
Refer-
[YD25DDTi]
D23
code
Fuel filter
Fuel pump
relief valve
Fuel injector
Engine body
EGR system
theft System)
Fuel rail pressure
Warranty symptom
3
3
1
5
3
1
NO START (without first firing)
1
3
3
1
5
1
HARD/NO START/RESTART
AA
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD (EXCP. HA)
3
3
1
5
1
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
3
1
5
3
3
1
AT IDLE
3
3
5
AB DURING DRIVING ENGINE STALL
3
3
5
3
5
3
3
AC HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
3
3
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
3
3
1
LACK OF POWER
4
1
5
3
4
3
3
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
4
5
3
4
3
3
EC-747
HI IDLE
3
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
3
5
3
3
AG ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
3
3
5
AH IDLING VIBRATION
3
3
5
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
3
3
5
3
AK OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
3
AL EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
3
5
3
4
AM EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
1
1 BLACK SMOKE
3
3
5
3
3
AP ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR
WHITE SMOKE
3
3
1
HA DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)
85
582
422
292
447
413
629
447
721
582
576
576
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EM-
EM-
ence
SEC-
Refer-
MA-60
[YD25DDTi]
D23
I
L
F
P
K
E
A
N
H
D
C
O
G
M
EC
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000011177654
If the engine speed is above 3,300 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is park or neutral engine
speed is over 3,300 rpm) fuel is cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on
engine speed. Fuel cut is operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-443, "FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYS-
TEM : System Description".
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000011177655
EC
1.CHECK LEAKAGE
Check hoses and hose connections for leakage.
Does leakage detect?
Yes >> Repair hose connection or replace the leaked hose,
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CLEAN HOSE
Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air.
NOTE:
If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace the hose.
>> END
SEC692
JSBIA5571ZZ
H
ECM ECM cover ECM Bracket
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
I
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011177657
CAUTION: J
According to “SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS”, perform the necessary
service procedure when ECM replacement. Refer to EC-554, "Description".
REMOVAL K
1. Remove ECM cover.
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-292, "Removal and Installation".
L
3. Remove ECM mounting nuts.
4. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to HRANEESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE) in
PG-6, "Harness Connector".
M
5. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. N
JSBIA5572ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-292, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove glow control unit mounting nuts.
3. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector.
4. Remove glow control unit from vehicle.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
EC
L
JSBIA5576ZZ
E
Refer to EC-628, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000011177669
Fuel pump suction control valve Resistance [at 20 °C (68 °F)] 1.8 – 2.4 Ω
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000012040580
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000012040582
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
PIIB3706J
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
K
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up. L
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.) M
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-6, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with N
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc. O
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
YS23DDT
YS23DDT : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011991542
JSBIA6197ZZ
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
EC
JSBIA6198ZZ
K
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve EC-780, "Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Valve"
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve EC-772, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
Engine oil pump control valve EC-774, "Engine Oil Pump Control Valve"
Thermo management valve control solenoid valve EC-780, "Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
Intake air temperature sensor 2 EC-778, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2"
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
JSBIA6200ZZ
BODY COMPARTMENT
EC
N
JSBIA6348ZZ
Stop lamp switch EC-779, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position
Brake pedal position switch Switch"
EC
H
JSBIA6197ZZ
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
O
JSBIA6199ZZ
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 EC-774, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1" EC
High pressure compressor bypass valve control solenoid EC-777, "High Pressure Compressor Bypass Valve Control
valve Solenoid Valve"
C
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve EC-772, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
Engine oil pump control valve EC-774, "Engine Oil Pump Control Valve"
Thermo management valve control solenoid valve EC-780, "Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve" E
Electric throttle control actuator EC-773, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
JSBIA6200ZZ
P
No. Component parts Function
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor EC-768, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor"
EC-770, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Differential Pressure
DPF (diesel particulate filter) differential pressure sensor
Sensor"
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 EC-775, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 2"
JSBIA6348ZZ
PBIB1741E
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is installed on the upstream of the oxida-
tion catalyst. A/F sensor measures the oxygen level in the exhaust
gas and converts it into a voltage signal. A/F sensor sends the signal
to ECM. Based on the signal from A/F sensor, ECM calculates the
air fuel mixture ratio. ECM uses the calculated ratio for the DPF (Die-
sel Particulate Filter) regeneration control.
A heater is integrated in A/F sensor to ensure the required operating
temperature.
JSBIA6224ZZ
JSBIA5990ZZ
OUTLINE
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con-
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, EMCM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing
the power generation voltage variable control, EMCM calculates the
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
EMCM sends the calculated value as the power generation com-
mand value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation
voltage variable control, refer to EC-814, "ENERGY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM : System Description".
JPBIA3262ZZ
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery negative cable. The sensor measures the charging/dis-
charging current of the battery.
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
E
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
shaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position (CMP)
sensor senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position
(CKP) sensor system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position F
(CMP) sensor provides various controls of engine parts instead, uti-
lizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of
a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
G
H
JSBIA6212ZZ
I
Clutch pedal position switch are installed to clutch pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the clutch pedal by those two types of input signal (ON/OFF).
J
Clutch pedal Clutch pedal position switch
Released ON
Depressed OFF K
L
Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor detects engine speed and crank-
shaft position. The size difference of gear tooth placed on signal
plate changes the gap between signal plate and sensor, and mag-
netic field change around the sensor induces sensor output voltage M
change. ECM detects engine speed and crankshaft position based
on this voltage change.
N
O
JSBIA6126ZZ
PBIB3160E
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) traps PM (Particulate Matter) in exhaust gas. DPF is formed in a honeycomb
form made of ceramic. This structure facilitates to trap particulate matter. When the amount of particulate mat-
ter in the DPF reaches the specified level, the particulate matter needs to be reduced through burning to main-
tain the DPF function. This reducing of particulate matter is called Regeneration and should be performed
periodically. DPF can be effective for a long time through the cycle of trapping particulate matter and regener-
ation.
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Differential Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011991551
JSBIA6225ZZ
EC
PBIB3165E
D
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Manual Regeneration Switch INFOID:0000000011991552
JMBIA0618ZZ H
ECM INFOID:0000000011991553
JSBIA6268GB
L
EGR cooler bypass valve is integral with the EGR cooler. This valve M
closes the EGR cooler bypass at the engine start and supplies gas
not by way of the EGR cooler to raise combustion temperature effi-
ciently. ECM controls EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid N
valve. And then, the negative pressure is applied to diaphragm to
open the flap through the rod.
O
JSBIA6214ZZ
P
JSBIA6215ZZ
JSBIA6211ZZ
<Reference data>
EGR Volume Control Valve (With EGR Volume Control Valve Position Sensor)
INFOID:0000000011991556
JSBIA6219ZZ
A
Electric EGR cooling water pump controls the volume of engine cool-
ant flowing from the coolant circuit to the EGR cooler.
The mechanical coolant pump does not provide sufficient circulation EC
in all the branches (size and complexity of the circuit). Therefore, an
electric coolant pump, which is activated when the engine is running,
improves the coolant circulation, particularly in the EGR.
C
D
JSBIA6209ZZ
H
JSBIA6220ZZ
EMCM INFOID:0000000011991559
I
EMCM is an ECU which controls the alternator regeneration. EMCM
judges vehicle condition based on signals from each sensor and
information from each ECU via CAN communication and controls the J
alternator regeneration in cooperation with ECM.
EMCM is connected to the CAN communication circuit and receives
signals directly from each ECU. When transmitting signals to each K
ECU, EMCM transmits signals via ECM.
JSBIA1993ZZ
JSBIA6223ZZ
Engine oil pump control valve is to adapt the oil pressure to the
strict necessary and then to limit the torque absorbed by the oil
pump in order to reduce the fuel consumption.
JSBIA6362ZZ
JSBIA6205ZZ
JPBIA3245ZZ
<Reference data>
A
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 is installed on the downstream of
catalyst. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor EC
decreases in response to the temperature rises.
D
JSBIA6226ZZ
<Reference data>
E
Exhaust gas temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ
0 (32) 159.8 – 309.4
20 (68) 89.3 – 159.8 F
100 (212) 15.2 – 22.1
300 (572) 1.307 – 1.562
400 (752) 0.606 – 0.697 G
H
Fuel heater is installed on fuel filter and operated when fuel tem-
perature is low in order to inhibit fuel solidification caused by wax
content separation in fuel.
I
K
JSBIA6269GB
L
The injectors are piezo injectors. The injection is triggered by an
electrical current pulse applied to the injection nozzle holder based
on the previously computed data. The injectors have a code exhibit-
ing unique characteristics, and fuel injection quantity can be con- M
trolled with more precision by writing the code into ECM.
O
JSBIA6204ZZ
The fuel pump is installed in the fuel tank to start the engine faster.
Fuel pump is controlled by Fuel pump relay and FPCM (Fuel Pump
Control Module).
CAUTION:
Fuel pump is lubricated by the fuel in the tank. Never operate
the pump for a long time without fuel in the tank to prevent seri-
ous damages.
JSBIA6270GB
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It
measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor sends voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
ECM operates fuel flow actuator according to feedback signal from
fuel rail pressure sensor, and controls fuel pressure inside fuel rail.
JSBIA6206ZZ
JSBIA6207ZZ
JSBIA6271GB
A
Glow Control Unit performs PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) commu-
nication with ECM. It improves engine starting function by performing
glow control. EC
D
JSBIA6272GB
H
JSBIA1876ZZ
JSBIA6215ZZ
JSBIA6222ZZ
This solenoid valve is placed between the vacuum pump and the HP
turbine bypass. The solenoid valve output pressure is between ambi-
ent pressure and vacuum pump pressure. The ECM controls the
closing rate of the HP turbine bypass valve according to a PWM sig-
nal. The boost pressure is increased or decreased by closing/open-
ing the HP turbine bypass valve.
JSBIA6208ZZ
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is built-into the mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air
temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
<Reference data>
JSBIA6221ZZ
<Reference data>
A
This solenoid valve is placed between the vacuum pump and the LP
wastegate. The solenoid valve output pressure is between ambient
pressure and vacuum pump pressure. The ECM controls the closing EC
rate of the LP wastegate valve according to a PWM signal. The
boost pressure is increased or decreased by closing/opening the LP
wastegate valve.
C
D
JSBIA6208ZZ
H
JSBIA6273GB
JSFIA2733ZZ
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor is used
to sense a refrigerant pressure.
N
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000011991581
JSBIA6127ZZ
JSBIA6215ZZ
This solenoid valve is placed between the vacuum pump and the
wastegate turbocharger. The solenoid valve output pressure is
between ambient pressure and vacuum pump pressure. The sole-
noid valve closes the wastegate valve when PWM signal is in the
high frequency area.
JSBIA6208ZZ
JSBIA6210ZZ
A
Vacuum pump generates the negative pressure. The negative pres-
sure is controlled by each solenoid and operates each actuator.
EC
D
JSBIA6218ZZ
JSBIA6274GB
DESCRIPTION
This turbocharger boost control is used by connecting small turbocharger (high pressure turbocharger) and
large turbocharger (low pressure turbocharger) in series. The high pressure turbocharger is installed just
behind the exhaust manifold and is a small turbine appropriate to the driving range of small exhaust gas flow.
The low pressure turbocharger is installed to the downstream of the high pressure turbocharger and has a
large turbine appropriate to the driving range of large exhaust gas flow.
The exhaust gas flows in the order of high pressure turbocharger and low pressure turbocharger. These two
turbochargers have a bypass path, respectively.
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL OF EACH CONDITION
Exhaust gas flow rate: Low
JSBIA6275GB
JSBIA6276GB
H
High pressure compressor bypass
Name High pressure turbine bypass valve Low pressure wastegate valve
valve
Condition FULL CLOSED MIDDLE OPEN to FULL OPEN FULL CLOSED I
Exhaust gas flow rate: Maximum
JSBIA6277GB O
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA6279GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JSBIA6281GB
EC
JSBIA6282GB
JSBIA6283GB
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA6280GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
Function Reference A
Engine speed control EC-803, "ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description"
EC-804, "POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL : System
Powertrain coordination control
Description" EC
EC-805, "TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDTT) :
Turbocharger boost control
System Description"
EGR system EC-806, "EGR SYSTEM : System Description" C
Throttle control EC-806, "THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description"
Engine torque control EC-807, "ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description"
D
Combustion control EC-808, "COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description"
After treatment system EC-810, "AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System Description"
Thermostat control EC-812, "THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description" E
Glow control EC-812, "GLOW CONTROL : System Description"
EC-813, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
ASCD (Automatic Speed Control Device)
tem Description" F
EC-814, "ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Energy management system
tion"
• EC-814, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : G
ASCD Indicator"
Information display (Combination meter)
• EC-814, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) :
Engine Oil Pressure Warning"
H
• EC-816, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
lamps/Indicator lamps"
Warning/Indicator/Chime
• EC-816, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indi-
cator (On Information Display)" I
CAN communication EC-816, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
JSBIA6281GB
EC
JSBIA6282GB
JSBIA6283GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The engine speed control consists of the following functions: N
• Curative anti-jerk
• Idle speed control
• Engine speed limitation
• Engine state O
CURATIVE ANTI-JERK
This function aims to smooth the engine speed through torque corrections out of idle engine speed regulation. P
The torque correction is made by the anti-jerk function to damp the engine speed vibrations caused by the
drive-line vibrations.
IDLE SPEED CONTROL
ECM calculates the engine idle speed set point and maintains the engine speed in order to follow the set point.
The engine idle speed set-point is computed for the following load and signal:
• Post treatment
- Diesel particulate filter
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The powertrain coordination can be explained by following:
• Powertrain coordination inputs
• Driver interpretation
• Preventive anti-jerk
• Torque request arbitration
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION INPUTS
ECM detects following signals necessary to decide the torque set point:
• Gear position
• Torque request from automatic transmission
• Torque request from ABS system
• Brake pedal operation
• Status of Cruise Control System
DRIVER INTERPRETATION
This strategy computes and arbitrates the torque set point given by the accelerator pedal operation and the
cruise control.
The abrupt change of torque is delivered by engine excites a torsional natural frequencies of drive-line. If both
acceleration pedal sensors malfunction, the fail-safe mode is activated. This fail-safe mode restores a pedal
position so that the vehicle can continue traveling and limits the vehicle speed.
PREVENTIVE ANTI-JERK
The main objective of the preventive anti-jerk function is to decrease discomforts of driver during depress the
accelerator pedal and during release the accelerator pedal.
Abrupt torque changes are carried from the engine to the driveline and produce a vibration. It causes vehicle
jerking and acceleration fluctuations. And they are causes of perception and assessment of performance and
comfort for driver and the passengers.
DESCRIPTION
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressure entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate D
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components:
• A chamber linked to the engine exhaust gas system
• A chamber linked to the engine air inlet system
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft. E
The turbine, driven by exhaust gases, drives the compressor which compresses the inlet air.
CAUTION:
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before F
turning OFF the ignition switch.
The boost pressure control increases the manifold pressure with respect to the engine operating point. The
system has an electric solenoid valve connected on the circuit of the vacuum pump, which allows via a waste-
gate, to control the flow of exhaust gases through the turbine in order to generate high pressure in the boost G
circuit.
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDTT)
H
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDTT) : System Description INFOID:0000000011999280
DESCRIPTION I
High Pressure Turbocharger Boost Control
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressure entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components: J
• A chamber linked to the engine exhaust gas system
• A chamber linked to the engine air inlet system
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft. K
The turbine, driven by exhaust gases, drives the compressor which compresses the inlet air.
CAUTION:
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before
turning OFF the ignition switch. L
The boost pressure control increases the manifold pressure with respect to the engine operating point. The
compressor can be bypassed in some operating points to allow LP turbocharger to be used alone. The system
has two electric solenoid valves connected to the circuit of vacuum pump. Each electric solenoid valve con- M
trols exhaust gas flow passing through each turbine via the wastegate valve or the bypass valve to generate a
high pressure in the boost circuit.
Low Pressure Turbocharger Boost Control N
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressure entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components:
• A chamber linked to the engine exhaust gas system
O
• A chamber linked to the engine air inlet system
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft.
The turbine, driven by exhaust gases, drives the compressor which compresses the inlet air.
CAUTION: P
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before
turning OFF the ignition switch.
The boost pressure control increases the manifold pressure with respect to the engine operating point. The
system has an electric solenoid valve connected to the circuit of the vacuum pump, which allows via a waste-
gate or a bypass, to control the flow of exhaust gases through the turbine in order to generate high pressure in
the boost circuit.
EGR SYSTEM
Revision: 2015 March EC-805 D23
SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011991588
DESCRIPTION
The EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) system recirculates exhaust gas to the intake manifold. This system
makes a major contribution to the reduction of diesel engine NOx emissions. A gas-coolant liquid exchanger
cools the EGR gas flow.
The exhaust gases flow from the exhaust manifold (ahead of the turbocharger) to the EGR cooler via the EGR
volume control valve. The EGR volume control valve is located in the air circuit between the air filter and the
intake manifold.
CALCULATION OF THE AIR FLOW
In order to control pollutant emission (limitation of smoke by torque limitation: diesel flow), ECM controls the air
mass flow.
EGR volume control valve
• EGR volume control valve allows the exhaust gas recirculation between exhaust manifold and inlet one.
EGR volume control valve is controlled by a position controller. The demand comes from air flow controller
function. When EGR volume control valve is not used, the EGR volume control valve is closed.
Throttle valve
• Throttle valve is controlled by a position controller. The demand comes from ECM. The throttle valve has
three main functions:
- In regeneration combustion mode, fresh air flow control uses only throttle valve. EGR volume control valve
stays in fully closed position.
- During high pressure EGR control, the electric throttle control actuator reduces the opening angle of the
throttle valve and lowers pressure around the EGR feed port so that intake EGR gasses can be efficiently
taken in.
- When the engine is stopped, the throttle valve is used to cut the air flow in order to reduce noise, and to have
a smoother engine stop.
- When throttle valve is not used, the throttle valve is opened.
EGR BYPASS CIRCUIT
The EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve is controlled by an ON/OFF solenoid valve, connected on
one side to the vacuum pump and on the other side to the bypass control diaphragm. Control is determined
according to the coolant liquid, air temperatures, and the engine operating point. The gases flow through the
cooler during the EGR activation, except when the engine is cold; otherwise, they go through the bypass.
There is also a regular bypass activation function to prevent its clogging or jamming. This activation manage-
ment is based on a periodic distance threshold and the data of previous activation recorded by ECM.
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
The EGR volume control valve is controlled by means of a double regulation loop.
The first loop, the quicker of the two, is a position loop. It allows the valve to be adjusted to the desired position
by feedback based on the information sent from the sensor position.
The second loop (slower) is a mass air flow loop. The mass air flow set point is set by reference maps depend-
ing on engine working point, ambient condition corrections (air and coolant liquid temperatures, atmospheric
pressure), gear engaged, and state of EGR cooler bypass. For a given operating point, the air flow is obtained
by modulating the quantity of exhaust gases passing through the EGR volume control valve and the fresh air
flow passing through the electric throttle control valve. For a constant total flow, the more EGR there is, the
less fresh air there is (and vice-versa). The air flow measurement is provided by the mass air flow sensor.
Fresh air and EGR gas are supplied by the EGR volume control valve and the inlet throttle position set points.
The EGR volume control valve position sensor is used for control and diagnoses of the valve. When the
engine is started for the first time, then subsequently at every engine start and every valve closing event, the
closed valve position is taught-in (offset). This value is compared with the first or last offset learning positions
for diagnosis purpose. It is also used to calibrate valve control. It is therefore important to associate the EGR
volume control valve with the ECM controlling it.
THROTTLE CONTROL
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011991589
DESCRIPTION
The throttle valve is a DC valve controlled by a high current generating circuit in the ECM. The flap position is
read by a position sensor.
D
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The torque function can be explained by the following:
• Accessories torque management E
• Engine torque losses
• Minimum available torque
• Maximum available torque
• Fast set-points to complete torque request F
• Final torque requests setting
ACCESSORIES TORQUE MANAGEMENT
G
Air Conditioning Power
The amount of power absorbed by the air conditioning is useful for the engine control to compute the torque
requirement for air conditioning. Therefore, ECM can adapt dynamically the engine speed regulation depend- H
ing on the load variations.
The power absorbed by the air conditioning depends on the refrigerant pressure and the compressor speed.
The air conditioning system power correction for idle speed regulation avoids engine speed undershoots and
overshoots at the compressor compressed volume variation. I
ENGINE TORQUE LOSSES
The torque losses are the sum of three components: the rubbing, the pumping, and the torque losses caused
by accessories consumption. J
• The basic friction torque loss uses the coolant liquid temperature sensor and the engine speed for the torque
correction.
• the pumping torque is an estimation of the mean indicated torque in the low pressure cycle by using intake K
air and exhaust gas pressures, the engine capacity displacement, the number of cylinders, and the form fac-
tor of the low pressure cycle:
• Accessories′ consumption is caused by additional electrical (electric consumers) and mechanical (air condi-
L
tioning) components.
MINIMUM AVAILABLE TORQUE
The minimum available torque is used for the minimum driver setpoint calculation and the intersystem informa- M
tion.
The minimum torque is designed with a hyperbolic shape depending on the difference between the engine
speed and the idle speed set-point:
• When the engine speed is under the idle speed set-point, the minimum torque is equal to the hyperbolic N
torque which increases to avoid an engine stalling.
• When the engine speed is over an engine speed threshold, the minimum torque reaches the engine torque
losses with a ramp. O
When the engine starts, a specific torque set-point is calculated to ensure the engine start. This torque is
dependent of the engine speed and the coolant temperature.
At first, a calculation of the starting torque value is performed. In case of a difficult start (too long), this torque
may be increased thanks to ramp. P
The start torque offset is progressively set to zero to ensure a transition with the current torque set-point.
MAXIMUM AVAILABLE TORQUE
The maximum available torque results of a minimum selection including all powertrain constraints:
• Transmission torque limitation
• Maximum engine torque
• Torque reduction for the heating protection
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The torque set-point is converted into a total fuel quantity injected. This quantity is split in various injections
according to a mapped injection pattern. Thus, a fuel quantity and an initial phasing of injection are allocated
INJECTION CONTROL
The injection control parameters are the quantities to inject and their respective advances. The system per-
forms one to six injections. K
The injectors are magnetic injectors. An electrical current (pulse) is sent to each injector holder based on the
previously computed data.
An electrical current (impulse or pulse) is sent to each injector holder based on the previously computed data. L
The piezoelectric injectors ensure injected fuel quantity with an excellent repeatability of the injection process.
Piezoelectric actuators work like capacitors. To control the injector, the ECM punctually drives energy resulting
in the actuator deformation and injector opening.
M
During the injection time, piezoelectric actuator stores this energy, the length of electrical pulse is computed
with the fuel flow demand and injectors characteristics. At the end of the injection time, ECM recovers energy
to send at the start of control. Piezoelectric actuator then discharges and returns to its initial shape. The injec-
tor nozzle closes. N
At the factory, each injector is calibrated for specific pressure needs on a test bench, and the values are indi-
cated on a label attached to the injector holder body. The injector adjustment values are then written to the
ECM's EEPROM, enabling the ECM to control the injectors by taking into account the variance from the fac- O
tory production dispersion.
A specific strategy controls fuel injection deviations and dispersion during engine life. This function defines
individual injector correction to compensate the injector drift to enhance the delivery fuel accuracy.
P
TEMPERATURE BEFORE TURBINE CONTROL
Upstream turbine temperature control sequentially uses injection parameters:
• Main injection phasing
• Post injection fuel mass
• Total fuel mass quantity
• Maximum torque
DESCRIPTION
This system has two main functions:
• Use the present oxygen in exhaust gases to transform the CO in CO2, and the HC in CO2 and H2O.
• Increase the temperature of exhaust gases (with the exothermal energy of the oxidation reaction) to allow
the regeneration in the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter).
To be effective, the catalytic converter must reach the working temperature of 350 to 400°C (662 to 752°F). It
possesses an essential role in the operation of regeneration of the DPF.
DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER)
DPF filters soot in the exhaust gas up to 99%. These particulates consist essentially of micro-spherules of car-
bon on which hydrocarbons from the fuel and lubricant are condensed. These particulates consist essentially
of aggregates of variable size. The quantity of particulates and their composition depend on:
• The combustion process (an homogeneous air/fuel mixture minimizes particulate formation)
• The quantity of diesel (increasing the cetane index limits the number of particulates formed)
• The post-processing efficiency (only filtration allows the particulates to be removed efficiently)
EC
H
PBIB3160E
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
For system drawing of the thermostat control, Refer to CO-34, "Engine Cooling System".
The controlled thermostat is to determine an engine cooling setpoint based on the both low [up to 90° (194°F)]
and high [up to 110°C (230°F)] temperature requests. The low temperature request is based on the currently
engaged gear together with torque load whereas high temperature regulation is requested if the torque is
below a threshold during tuned elapsed time or if the torque is around high temperature regulation zone and is
out of this zone but does not return back to the low temperature regulation zone. The wax preheating strategy
(activated only when the engine coolant temperature is below a tuned threshold or during the once-per-driving
cycle) enables to open the thermostat soon after an engine start where the water temperature is low and
allows ECM to rev up to accelerate warm-up.
The first open strategy is activated only in 2 cases:
• The engine coolant temperature is above a tuned threshold and there is no request for the low temperature
regulation.
• The engine coolant temperature is below a tuned threshold and there is the request for the very first time for
low temperature regulation during the driving cycle.
Depending on the type of regulation, fan high speed activation can move from a nominal threshold to a greater
threshold.
ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL
The aim of the controlled oil pump is to adapt the oil pressure to the strict necessary and then to limit the
torque absorbed by the oil pump in order to reduce the fuel consumption. The elaboration of the oil pressure
setpoint [200 − 400 kPa (2 − 4 bar, 2.04 − 4.08 kg/cm2, 29 − 58 psi)] depends of the engine functioning point
and the electric valve control in opened loop.
THERMOMANAGEMENT
The aim of the strategy of null flow is to accelerate the increase of water temperature. This strategy allows to
decrease the consumption. The traffic of water is stopped during this period of null flow. This strategy is fin-
ished if the temperatures of reliability are reached.
GLOW CONTROL
GLOW CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011991594
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Glow control system operates at engine starting and after engine starting. The system energizes glow plug
according to engine coolant temperature to improve engine starting function.
C
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 170 km/h (105 MPH). D
ECM controls fuel injector to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated on the information display in the combination meter. If any malfunction
occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. E
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION F
Press ASCD MAIN switch. (CRUISE indicated on the information display)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 170 km/h (105
MPH), press COAST/SET switch. (SET indicated on the information display)
G
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the ACCEL/RES switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is
released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system. H
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. I
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
J
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position.
• Vehicle speed decreased under 15% of the set speed from the set speed.
• TCS system is operated.
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform K
the driver by blinking indicator.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly. L
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly. M
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION N
When the COAST/SET switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
O
RESUME OPERATION
When the ACCEL/RES switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing ASCD MAIN switch is per-
formed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet
following conditions. P
• Brake pedal is released
• Clutch pedal is released
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 170 km/h (105 MPH)
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA2080GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The alternator power generation voltage variable control system controls the amount of power generation,
according to a battery loaded condition. EMCM judges a battery condition, according to a signal received from
the battery current sensor which detects a charge/discharge current. EMCM then transmits a signal to IPDM
E/R to command power generation by CAN communication via ECM. IPDM E/R transmits a power generation
control signal to the alternator so that the system can control the amount of power generation. The voltage of
power generation is lowered during battery low-load conditions and boosted under heavy load conditions. In
this way, the system reduces the engine load through the adequate power generation control.
For details, refer to CHG-15, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description".
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER)
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : ASCD Indicator INFOID:0000000011991597
JSCIA0831ZZ
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning informs the driver of low oil pressure to pre-
vent damage to the engine.
Symbol Message A
EC
D
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK E
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL F
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-26, "METER
SYSTEM : Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM G
JSBIA3716GB
L
SIGNAL PATH
• IPDM E/R receives a signal from the engine oil pressure switch and transmits an oil pressure switch signal to
BCM via CAN communication.
• BCM transmits the received oil pressure switch signal to the combination meter via CAN communication. M
• The information display (on combination meter) is SHOWN/HIDDEN the engine oil pressure warning,
according to the oil pressure switch signal received from BCM.
N
LIGHTING CONDITION
When all of the following conditions for at least 5 seconds are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
• Engine oil pressure is less than specified value. (Oil pressure switch signal: ON) O
• Engine speed is more than 500 rpm.
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied: P
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more. (Oil pressure switch signal: OFF)
• Engine speed is less than 500 rpm.
JSBIA3700GB
t: 100 ms
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning lamps/Indicator lamps INFOID:0000000011991599
NOTE:
Regarding the arrangement. Refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) warn- Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-39, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
ing lamp LAMPS : DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Warning Lamp".
Name Function
Refer to EC-814, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warn-
Engine oil pressure warning
ing".
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000011991601
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H-line, CAN L-line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-53, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.
JSBIA5589ZZ F
SWITCH OPERATION
J
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
K
• Resumes the set speed.
ACCEL/RES switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch L
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
Refer to EC-813, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD operat- M
ing instructions.
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM
N
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000011991603
SWITCH OPERATION
O
Item Function
Refer to MWI-89, "WITH COLOR INFORMATION DISPLAY : Switch Name and Func-
Steering switch tion"(with color information display) or MWI-90, "WITH MONOCHROME INFORMATION P
DISPLAY : Switch Name and Function"(with monochrome information display).
RESET OPERATION
CAUTION:
When an alert was displayed, change the engine oil, and reset the engine oil data.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. On information display, select “Settings” >> “Maintenance” >> “Service”.
DESCRIPTION EC
This system uses two malfunction indicator lamps. When detecting a system error, ECM turns ON the mal-
function indicator lamp to alert the driver of the presence of malfunction. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC
Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). C
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) (YELLOW)
ECM turns ON MIL (yellow) when an emission-related malfunction occurs or when a component part specified
by European laws and regulations becomes inoperable three trips in a raw. D
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) (RED)
ECM may turn ON MIL (red) when a malfunction occurs in the engine.
E
FUNCTION
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to — EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index"
(YS23DDT), EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Item*
Unit
CONSULT screen terms Full spell
WATER TEMP Water temperature °C or °F
ENGINE SPEED Engine speed rpm
VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle speed km/h or mph
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE Computer supply voltage V
RAIL PRES SET Rail pressure setting bar
RAIL PRESSURE Rail pressure bar
RAIL PRESS SEN VOLT Rail pressure sensor voltage V
FUEL FLOW Fuel flow mg/cp
BOOST PRESSURE Boost pressure mbar
BOOST PRESS REF VALUE Boost pressure reference value hpa
MEASURE AIR FLOW Measured air flow kg/h
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE
Turbocharging solenoid valve OCR %
OCR
MANIFOLD PRESSURE Manifold pressure mbar
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE Inlet air temperature °C or °F
EST. AIR FLOW Estimated air flow mg/cp
INLET AIR FLOW Inlet air flow mg/cp
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE Atmospheric pressure mbar
TBN UPSTR PRS SEN VOLT Turbine upstream pressure sensor voltage V
AIR INLET/F REL POS Air inlet flap relative position %
FUEL TEMPERATURE Fuel temperature °C or °F
IN FLAP ABSO POSI Air inlet flap absolute position %
INLET/F SEN SUPPLY VOLT Inlet flap sensor supply voltage mV
Item*
Unit A
CONSULT screen terms Full spell
DAMPER VALVE SEN VOLT Damper valve sensor voltage mV
DMPR VLV SET POS Damper valve setpoint position % EC
IN/FLAP CTRL Inlet flap control %
SEN 1 FEED V Sensors No. 1 feed voltage mV
C
ADDITIONAL INFO FD9C Additional information FD9C —
ALTERNATOR LOAD Alternator load %
ADDITIONAL INFO 2069 Additional information 2069 Nm D
SEN 2 FEED V Sensors No. 2 feed voltage mV
PL PTNMR T2 V Pedal potentiometer track 2 voltage mV
PL PTNMR T1 V Pedal potentiometer track 1 voltage mV E
HEATER PLUG CONTROL Heater plug control %
EGR VALVE OPENING REFERENCE EGR valve opening reference %
F
EGR VALVE CONTROL EGR valve control %
LAST EGR VALVE OFFSET Last EGR valve offset %
EGR VALVE FIRST OFFSET EGR valve first offset % G
POTN VAL EGR VALVE CLSD Potentiometer value EGR valve closed %
EGR POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE EGR potentiometer voltage mV
H
EXHAUST SYSTEM FLOW Exhaust system flow g/s
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF PF Temperature upstream of particle filter °C or °F
PRS UPSTR OF TBN Pressure upstream of turbine mbar I
RFRG TEMP PRESS SEN VOLT Refrigerant pressure sensor voltage V
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE Refrigerant pressure bar
J
TBN UPSTR TEMP SETP Turbine upstream temperature setpoint °C or °F
TEMP UPSTREAM TURBINE Temperature upstream of turbine °C or °F
RV/LV BUTTON VOLTAGE RV/LV button voltage mV K
LAST OFF/V CLOSE Last offset damper valve closed %
LAST OFF/V OPEN Last offset damper valve open %
L
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL Sensor supply No. 3 voltage mV
PART.FILTER UPSTREAM TEMP SEN- Part.filter upstream temperature sensor
V
SOR VOLTAGE voltage
M
ADDITIONAL INFO 2813 Additional information 2813 °Crk
FLOW GAS IN DPF Flow of gas inside the particle filter m3/h
P/FLT DIFF. PRS Particle filter pressure differential hPa N
REGEN MALFNC Number of regeneration failure —
FIRST OFF/V CLOSE First offset damper valve closed %
FIRST OFF/V OPEN First offset damper valve open % O
ATMOS PRESS SEN VOLT Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage mV
OIL DILUTION INFORMATION Oil dilution information %
P
RAIL FLOW REGULATION VALVE OCR Rail flow regulation valve OCR %
CRNKS SYNC LOSS COUN Crankshaft synchronization loss counter —
AVERAGE PERIOD OF FLOWMETER
Average period of flow meter signal µS
SIGNAL
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD1A Additional information FD1A µF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD19 Additional information FD19 µF
Item*
Unit
CONSULT screen terms Full spell
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD1B Additional information FD1B µF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD1C Additional information FD1C µF
CYLINDER 1 ADAPTATION STATUS Cylinder 1 adaptation status —
CYLINDER 2 ADAPTATION STATUS Cylinder 2 adaptation status —
CYLINDER 3 ADAPTATION STATUS Cylinder 3 adaptation status —
CYLINDER 4 ADAPTATION STATUS Cylinder 4 adaptation status —
ADDITIONAL INFO 24D0 Additional information 24D0 —
VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAYED Vehicle speed displayed km/h or mph
ADDITIONAL INFO 287A Additional information 287A —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD42 Additional information FD42 —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD43 Additional information FD43 —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD4D Additional information FD4D —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD4E Additional information FD4E —
MAIN INJECTION FLOW Main injection flow mg/cp
SOOT IN P/FLT Soot in the particle filter G
PREHEATING MODE Preheating mode %
ADDITIONAL INFO FD2D Additional information FD2D %
• MAX
• PROTECTED
• DIAG MODE
TURBO REGULATION Turbo regulation
• INACTIVE
• REG
• INTRME
• Off
• RUNNING
MOTOR Motor • STALLED
• CRANKING
• INACTIVE
• OK
LOW FUEL LEVEL INFORMATION Low fuel level information • LOW
• INACTIVE
• REVERSE
GEARBOX RATIO Gearbox ratio • DCLTCH
• INACTIVE
• NORMAL
• STATUS1
• STAT2
COMBUSTION MODE SET Combustion mode setting
• STAT3
• STAT4
• INACTIVE
• NO
ACC. PDL DETECT BLOCK ACC. pedal detection blocked
• YES
• ACTIVE
PREHEATING REL CNT Preheating relay control • DEACTIVAT
• INACTIVE
Item*
Unit A
CONSULT screen terms Full spell
• Off
• SL ON
• SL SUS
EC
• SL INHI
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER OP-
Cruise control/speed limiter operation • CC ON
ERATION
• CC SUS C
• CC INHI
• CC/SL A
• INACTIVE
• STAT0 D
• STAT3
CC OPERATING RELIABLY Cruise control operating reliably • STAT2
• STATUS1
E
• INACTIVE
• INACTIVE
• INVALID
• CO.1 F
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS Cruise control/speed limiter buttons • SUSPD
• MINUS
• PLUS
• RESTART
G
• MISSING
BRAKING DETECTED MULTIPLEX SIG- • INTRME
Braking detected multiplex signal H
NAL • PRESENT
• INACTIVE
• DEACTIVAT
COMP + AFTER IGNITION Computer + After ignition • ACTIVE I
• INACTIVE
• NOT DETECTED
WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR Water in diesel detector • DETECTED
J
• INACTIVE
• INCORRECT
CRANKSHAFT SYNCHRONISATION Crankshaft synchronization • CORRECT
• INACTIVE K
• NOT DETECTED
CRANK SIGNAL Crank signal • DETECTED
• INACTIVE L
• NOT DETECTED
VEHICLE SPEED UNIT Vehicle speed unit • DETECTED
• INACTIVE M
• NOT DONE
CAM TDC SYNC Camshaft TDC synchronization • DONE
• INACTIVE
N
• EXTING
PREHEATER LIGHT Preheating warning light • ILLUM
• INACTIVE
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
O
Work Item
G
Work item Description Usage
WRITE V.I.N. In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM. When registering VIN in ECM.
In this mode, number of engine first starts (or number of trips done Driving cycle severity for Oil H
NUMBER OF STARTING 1
by the vehicle), nonresettable. Change System.
Driving cycle severity for Oil
NUMBER OF STARTING 2 In this mode, cumulative number of engine starts, non resettable.
Change System. I
In this mode, number of engine first starts (or number of trips done Driving cycle severity for Oil
NUMBER OF STARTING 3
by the vehicle). Change System.
Driving cycle severity for Oil J
NUMBER OF STARTING 4 In this mode, cumulative number of engine starts.
Change System.
AIR DAMPER VALVE PRO- When intake throttle valve is re-
In this mode, intake throttle valve learnings are cleared.
GRAMMING placed.
K
EGR VALVE PROGRAM-
In this mode, EGR valve learnings are cleared. When EGR valve is replaced.
MING
INJECTION PUMP ADAPTA- When high pressure fuel pump is L
In this mode, high pressure fuel pump learnings are cleared.
TIVES replaced.
• When fuel injector(s) is re-
placed.
• When fuel rail pressure sensor
M
ENGINE ADAPTIVES In this mode, long engine start request. is replaced.
• When HP fuel pump is replaced.
• When compression test is acti- N
vated.
FUEL PUMP PROGRAM-
In this mode, first priming is requested. When fuel pump is replaced.
MING
O
TURBOCHARGER PRO-
In this mode, turbocharger learnings are cleared. When turbocharger is replaced.
GRAMMING
In this mode, authorization to connect cruise control and speed When Cruise control option must
CC/SL PRGRM
limiter option. be detected.
P
In this mode, reset to calibrated values the learned map and the
PRPR RICH SEN PROG When fuel injector(s) is replaced.
learning counter.
In this mode, DPF differential pressure sensor learnings are When DPF differential pressure
P/FLT DIFF PRS SEN
cleared. sensor is replaced.
HP TURBINE BYPASS SOL When HP turbine bypass valve is
In this mode, high pressure turbocharger bypass programming.
VLV PROGRAMMING replaced.
SAVE COMPUTER DATA In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.*
ADAPTIVES AFTER RE-
In this mode, DPF learnings are cleared. When DPF is replaced.
PLACING CABIN FILTER
INTERVAL OF OIL CHANGE In this mode, capable to advise customer about the cause of oil
—
(OCS) OXIDATION change interval is shortened by oil control system.
OIL CHANGE INTERVAL In this mode, capable to advise customer about the cause of oil
—
(OCS): DILUTION change interval is shortened by oil control system.
*: The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC-922, "Description".
ACTIVE TEST MODE
FUNCTION
SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU In this mode, save data that is in EMCM. When EMCM is replaced.
In this mode, write data stored by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC H
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU When EMCM is replaced.
CPU” in work support mode to EMCM.
CML B/DCHRG CRNT CLEAR In this mode, cumulative battery discharge current is cleared. When battery is replaced.
CYLINDER 1 ADAPTA-
Ignition switch: ON 0.00
TION STATUS E
CYLINDER 2 ADAPTA-
Ignition switch: ON 0.00
TION STATUS
Clutch pedal: Fully released RELSD F
CL START OF TRAVEL
Ignition switch: ON Clutch pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
SW
Other than above condition INACTIVE
G
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 1 1.04
1
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 4 0.91 H
4
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 94.3 °C
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF
• Shift lever: P
PF Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 110.7 °C
• No load I
6.36 g
SOOT IN P/FLT Ignition switch: ON
Indicates soot mas in the DPF
J
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 16.16 g/s
EXHAUST SYSTEM
• Shift lever: P
FLOW Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 54.89 g/s
• No load
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO. K
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 2 0.97
2
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 3 1.08
3 L
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 1127 mbar
P/FLT DIFF. PRS • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1568 mbar
M
POTN VAL EGR VALVE
Ignition switch: ON 20.4 %
CLSD
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL Ignition switch: ON Approx. 4.98 V N
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 8 mbar
PRS UPSTR OF TBN • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 30 mbar
O
Indicates temperature up-
TEMP upstream turbine Ignition switch: ON
stream of turbine
PART.FILTER UP- P
STREAM TEMP SENSOR Ignition switch: ON 4.95 V
VOLTAGE
DMPR VLV SET POS Ignition switch: ON 0.0 %
DAMPER VALVE SEN
Ignition switch: ON 4.51 V
VOLT
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSBIA6278GB
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition C
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
1
— ECM ground — — — D
(B)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
0.74 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re- E
2 3 Accelerator pedal position leased
Input
(L/R) (L) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped F
4.54 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
Sensor ground
3 G
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(L)
sensor 1)
4
— ECM ground — — —
(B) H
5 8 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 12.23V
(Y/L) (B) (Water in fuel sensor)
Sensor power supply I
6 3
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L/W) (L)
sensor 1)
7
— ECM ground — — —
J
(B)
8
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
K
[Ignition switch: ON] 11.69 V
9 8 [Engine is running]
Water in fuel sensor Input
(R) (B) • Warm-up condition 0.976 V L
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
10 12
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (B)
sensor 2)
M
Ignition switch: ON
JSBIA6339ZZ
E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA6341ZZ
Ignition switch: ON
JSBIA6339ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
136 135 JSBIA6342ZZ
Crankshaft position sensor Input
(R) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6343ZZ
137 142 *4
Sensor power supply Input [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(BR) (B) (G sensor)
138 135 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(Y) (B) (Crankshaft position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
less than 30°C (86°F) E
148 8 EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
Input
(BG) (B) motor (-) NOTE:
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on EGR volume control valve F
operation. JSBIA4827ZZ
G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
153 8 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.2 (HI) Output I
(W) (B)
[Engine is running] J
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
K
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de- M
pending on rpm at idle.
JSBIA6344ZZ
154 8
Fuel injector No.4 (HI) Output
(GR) (B) N
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition O
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ P
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
155 8 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.3 (HI) Output
(L) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
156 8 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.1 (HI) Output
(G) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
JSBIA6346ZZ
157 8
Fuel injector No.2 (LO) Input
(B) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6347ZZ
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA6347ZZ
G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
159 8 JSBIA6346ZZ
Fuel injector No.3 (LO) Input I
(V) (B)
[Engine is running] J
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
K
JSBIA6347ZZ
[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de- M
pending on rpm at idle.
JSBIA6346ZZ
160 8
Fuel injector No.1 (LO) Input
(R) (B) N
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition O
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6347ZZ P
*1: M/T models
*2: It can be confirmed using CONSULT.
*3: For Singapore
*4: A/T models
F
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
G
Priority DTC Detected items
U0101, U0121, U0415, P1656 CAN communication line
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation H
P0095 Intake air temperature sensor 2
P0100, P0101 Mass air flow sensor
I
P0105, P0106 Turbocharger boost sensor
P0110 Intake air temperature sensor 1
P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor J
P0120 Throttle position sensor
P0135, P1130, P1131, P2244, P2626, P2A06 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
P0180 Fuel temperature sensor K
P0190 Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0225, P0226, P2120 Accelerator pedal sensor L
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor
1
P0340 Camshaft position sensor
High pressure EGR volume control valve control position M
P0409
sensor
P0470, P0471 Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
P040A EGR temperature sensor N
P0530 Refrigerant pressure sensor
P0544, P2080 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
O
P0606, P060A, P060B, P061A, P062B, P160C, P1620 ECM
P0641, P0651, P0697 Sensor power supply
P1453, P2452 DPF pressure sensor P
P1544 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2
P1610, P1612, P1615, P1616 NATS
P2226 Atmosphere pressure sensor
CYLINDER 1 ADAPTA-
Ignition switch: ON 0.00
TION STATUS
CYLINDER 2 ADAPTA-
Ignition switch: ON 0.00
TION STATUS
Clutch pedal: Fully released RELSD
CL START OF TRAVEL
Ignition switch: ON Clutch pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
SW
Other than above condition INACTIVE
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 1 1.04
1
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 4 0.91
4
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 94.3 °C
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF
• Shift lever: P
PF Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 110.7 °C
• No load
6.36 g
SOOT IN P/FLT Ignition switch: ON
Indicates soot mas in the DPF
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 16.16 g/s
EXHAUST SYSTEM
• Shift lever: P
FLOW Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 54.89 g/s
• No load
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 2 0.97
2
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 3 1.08
3
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 1127 mbar
P/FLT DIFF. PRS • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1568 mbar
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSBIA6278GB
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located near the battery in the engine room.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
1
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
0.74 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
2 3 Accelerator pedal position leased
Input
(L/R) (L) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
4.54 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
Sensor ground
3
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(L)
sensor 1)
4
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
5 8 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 12.23 V
(Y/L) (B) (Water in fuel sensor)
Sensor power supply
6 3
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L/W) (L)
sensor 1)
7
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
Ignition switch: ON
JSBIA6339ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
42 50 JSBIA6340ZZ
Camshaft position sensor Input
(L) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6341ZZ
Ignition switch: ON
JSBIA6338ZZ
74 8 Electric EGR cooling water
Output
(V) (B) pump 2
JSBIA6339ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 2.16 V
75 70 EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
Input
(G) (BR) control position sensor [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running] P
92 8
Fuel flow actuator Output • Warm-up condition 9.6 - 12 V
(L) (B)
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
93 8
Power supply for ECM Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
L
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
M
JSBIA6342ZZ
136 135
Crankshaft position sensor Input
(R) (B)
N
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
O
JSBIA6343ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
less than 30°C (86°F)
147 8 EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
Input
(V) (B) motor (+) NOTE:
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on EGR volume control valve
operation. JSBIA4825ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature:
less than 30°C (86°F)
148 8 EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
Input
(BG) (B) motor (-) NOTE:
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on EGR volume control valve
operation. JSBIA4827ZZ
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA6345ZZ
G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
154 8 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.4 (HI) Output I
(GR) (B)
[Engine is running] J
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
K
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de- M
pending on rpm at idle.
JSBIA6344ZZ
155 8
Fuel injector No.3 (HI) Output
(L) (B) N
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition O
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ P
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
156 8 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.1 (HI) Output
(G) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
157 8 JSBIA6346ZZ
Fuel injector No.2 (LO) Input
(B) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6347ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
JSBIA6346ZZ
158 8
Fuel injector No.4 (LO) Input
(LG) (B)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JSBIA6347ZZ
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JSBIA6347ZZ
G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle.
160 8 JSBIA6346ZZ
Fuel injector No.1 (LO) Input I
(R) (B)
[Engine is running] J
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
K
JSBIA6347ZZ
F
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
G
Priority DTC Detected items
U0101, U0121, U0415, P1656 CAN communication line
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation H
P0095 Intake air temperature sensor 2
P0100, P0101 Mass air flow sensor
I
P0105, P0106 Turbocharger boost sensor
P0110 Intake air temperature sensor 1
P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor J
P0120 Throttle position sensor
P0135, P1130, P1131, P2244, P2626, P2A06 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
P0180 Fuel temperature sensor K
P0190 Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0225, P0226, P2120 Accelerator pedal sensor L
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor
1
P0340 Camshaft position sensor
High pressure EGR volume control valve control position M
P0409
sensor
P0470, P0471 Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
P040A EGR temperature sensor N
P0530 Refrigerant pressure sensor
P0544, P2080 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
O
P0606, P060A, P060B, P061A, P062B, P160C, P1620 ECM
P0641, P0651, P0697 Sensor power supply
P1453, P2452 DPF pressure sensor P
P1544 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2
P1610, P1612, P1615, P1616 NATS
P2226 Atmosphere pressure sensor
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSBIA3683ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• EMCM is located near the battery in the engine room.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
Terminal No. A
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning igni-
1 48 EMCM relay
Output tion switch OFF C
(BR) (B) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Battery voltage
• More than a few seconds after
(11 - 14 V)
turning ignition switch OFF D
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
5 48
Ignition switch Input Battery voltage
(R/B) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V) E
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
6 48 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(Y/R) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage F
• Brake pedal: Fully depressed (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
• Selector lever: Neutral position (11 - 14 V) G
7 48 Park/neutral position (PNP)
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) switch
• Selector lever: Except above po- 0V
sition H
9 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
10 Input/ I
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
15 Sensor power supply
35
(SB/ (Battery current sensor, battery — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(W) J
R) temperature sensor)
[Engine is running] 2.6 - 3.5 V
24 35
(V) (W)
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged* Output voltage varies with battery
• Engine speed: Idle current. K
0 - 4.8 V
25 35
Battery temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with battery
(G/B) (W) L
temperature.
Sensor ground
35
— (Battery current sensor, battery — — —
(W)
temperature sensor) M
42 48 Battery voltage
Power supply for EMCM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(W) (B) (11 - 14 V)
47 N
— EMCM ground — — —
(B)
48
— EMCM ground — — —
(B)
O
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
P
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011991612
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Items
DTC* Trip Reference page
(CONSULT screen terms)
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 EC-948
P0120 THRTL POS SEN/CIRC 1 EC-988
P0605 ECM 1 EC-1059
P0607 ECM 2 EC-1062
P0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 EC-1073
P1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR 2 EC-1098
P1551 BAT CURRENT SENSOR 2 EC-1101
P1552 BAT CURRENT SENSOR 2 EC-1101
P1553 BAT CURRENT SENSOR 2 EC-1104
P1554 BAT CURRENT SENSOR 2 EC-1107
P1556 BATTMPSEN/CIRC 2 EC-1110
P1557 BATTMPSEN/CIRC 2 EC-1110
*: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
WIRING DIAGRAM A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000011991615
EC
JRBWD3122GB
JRBWD3123GB
EC
JRBWD3124GB
JRBWD3125GB
EC
JRBWD3126GB
JRBWD3127GB
EC
JRBWD3635GB
JRBWD3129GB
EC
JRBWD3130GB
JRBWD3131GB
EC
JRBWD3132GB
JRBWD3133GB
EC
JRBWD3134GB
JRBWD3135GB
EC
JRBWD3136GB
JRBWD3137GB
EC
JRBWD3138GB
JRBWD3785GB
EC
JRBWD3140GB
JRBWD3141GB
EC
JRBWD3142GB
JRBWD3143GB
BASIC INSPECTION A
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011991616
EC
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident. C
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-9, "Periodic Maintenance".
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
D
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- E
ture.
>> GO TO 2. F
SEF142I
H
2.CHECK IDLE SPEED
Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-1191, "Inspection". I
For specification, refer to EC-1203, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Stop engine. K
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> Repair or replace. Refer to EM-159, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN M
Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-1191, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-1203, "Idle Speed".
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
O
5.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to FL-30, "Draining Water from Fuel Filter". P
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-1191, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-1203, "Idle Speed".
OVERALL SEQUENCE EC
JMBIA1804GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Revision: 2015 March EC-917 D23
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-919, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
[Symptom Table or diagnosis procedure is useful. Refer to EC-1185, "YS23DDT : Symptom Table"
(YS23DDT), EC-1187, "YS23DDTT : Symptom Table" (YS23DDTT)].
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-852, "YS23DDT : Fail-safe" (YS23DDT), EC-879,
"YS23DDTT : Fail-safe" (YS23DDTT).
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-857, "YS23DDT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart" (YS23DDT),
EC-885, "YS23DDTT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart" (YS23DDTT) and determine trouble diagnosis order.
NOTE:
Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service Man-
ual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this
check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMA-
TION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-915, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
>> GO TO 8. EC
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
C
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-49, "Circuit Inspec-
tion". D
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON- E
SULT. Refer to EC-834, "YS23DDT : Reference Value" (YS23DDT), EC-861, "YS23DDTT : Refer-
ence Value" (YS23DDTT).
9.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART F
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. G
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-819, "Diagnosis Description".
>> GO TO 10. H
10.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function I
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
J
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 8.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM. K
L
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- M
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint. N
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady and DTC to O
be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere. P
MTBL0017
×:Applicable EC
Service performed
Part name Replace- Required service Reference
ment Removal*
C
ECM × — Additional service when replacing ECM EC-922
EMCM × — Additional service when replacing EMCM EC-925
D
Fuel injector × — Injector adjustment value registration EC-926
Electric throttle control actuator × × Throttle valve position learning EC-928
High pressure EGR volume control valve position E
EGR volume control valve × × EC-929
learning
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) × — DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) data clear EC-934
Fuel pump × — Additional service when replacing fuel pump EC-937 F
Engine oil × — Oil change remaining distance reset EC-935
*:Harness connector disconnection included.
G
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM KEY ID REGISTRATION
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM CONFIGURATION REGISTRATION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check that the battery voltage is between 11 V and 14 V.
4. Wait at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
During this step, never perform any vehicle operation.
5. If necessary, perform configuration registration using CONSULT function.
>> GO TO 6.
6.WRITE ECM DATA
1. Select “WRITE SAVED DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
The data saved by “WRITE SAVED DATA” is written to ECM.
Is operation completed successfully?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
>> GO TO 9. D
9.PERFORM ECM KEY ID REGISTRATION
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
E
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM CONFIGURATION REGISTRATION F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check that the battery voltage is between 11 V and 14 V. G
4. Wait at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
During this step, never perform any vehicle operation.
5. If necessary, perform configuration registration using CONSULT function. H
>> GO TO 11.
I
11.PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
Perform EC-926, "Description".
J
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING K
Perform EC-928, "Description".
>> GO TO 13. L
13.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-929, "Description".
M
>> GO TO 14.
14.PERFORM G SENSOR CALIBRATION N
Perform TM-510, "Description".
O
>> GO TO 15.
15.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Perform EC-936, "Description". P
>> GO TO 16.
16.PERFORM FUEL PUMP FIRST PRIMING PROCEDURE
Perform EC-937, "Description".
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
Refer to LU-23, "Draining" or LU-23, "Refilling".
>> GO TO 19.
19.PERFORM ENGINE OIL DATA RESET
Perform EC-935, "Description".
>> GO TO 20.
20.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> END
BEFORE REPLACEMENT EC
When replacing EMCM, save current EMCM data with “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” of “WORK SUP-
PORT” mode using CONSULT before replacement.
AFTER REPLACEMENT C
When replacing EMCM, write EMCM data with “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” of “WORK SUPPORT”
mode using CONSULT after replacement.
NOTE: D
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to EMCM.
(For details, refer to EC-925, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011991623 E
>> GO TO 2. I
2.REPLACE THE EMCM
Replace the EMCM. Refer to EC-1199, "Removal and Installation".
J
>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITE EMCM DATA K
With CONSULT
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “EMCM” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. L
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to EMCM.
M
>> END
JMBIA2928GB
1.START
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
2. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CODES” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
5. Input injector adjustment value.
NOTE:
• For injector adjustment value, refer to the following table.
EC
JMBIA2928GB
D
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration, and touch
“START”.
NOTE:
E
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT are written onto ECM memory.
7. Check that the following values are same for each cylinder.
- Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector.
- Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT screen. F
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on the
CONSULT screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory cor-
G
rectly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. H
>> END
I
Throttle Valve Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by moni-
toring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric
throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
Throttle Valve Position Learning Value Clear is an operation to clear the fully closed position of the throttle
valve learnt in ECM. It must be performed when replacing electric controlled throttle actuator. (For details,
refer to EC-928, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011991627
1.START
Is the work performing after replacing throttle actuator?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
With CONSULT
Perform “AIR DAMPER VALVE PROGRAMMING” of “WORK SUPPORT” in “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 minute.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
NOTE:
Check that throttle valve moves by confirming the operating sound.
>> END
EGR Volume Control Valve Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the EGR vol- EC
ume control valve by monitoring the EGR volume control valve position sensor output signal. It must be per-
formed under any of the following conditions:
• EGR volume control valve is removed.
• EGR volume control valve is replaced. C
• ECM is replaced.
EGR Volume Control Valve Position Learning Value Clear is an operation to clear the fully closed position of
the EGR volume control valve learnt in ECM. It must be performed when replacing EGR volume control valve. D
(For details, refer to EC-929, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011991629
E
1.START
F
Is the work performing after replacing EGR volume control valve?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
G
2.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “EGR VALVE PROGRAMMING” of “WORK SUPPORT” in “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
I
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 minute.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
NOTE: K
Check that EGR volume control valve moves by confirming the operating sound.
>> END L
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION is a function where driver intentionally performs
regeneration so that PM is not deposited excessively in diesel particulate filter. If excessively short distance or
light load driving is continued, automatic regeneration cannot be performed when PM is deposited. Therefore,
when PM is reached to the specified level, diesel particulate filter warning light of combination meter turns ON.
(For details, refer to EC-930, "Work Procedure".)
NOTE:
If DTC P2002 is detected, diesel particulate filter manual regeneration cannot be performed when pressing
diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011997303
1.PREPARATION
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Regeneration is interrupted if any of the following items changes to another condition.
• Diesel particulate filter warning light: ON
• Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH)
• Transmission gear position: Neutral (M/T models), P (A/T models)
• Accelerator pedal: Released state
• Clutch pedal: Released state (M/T models)
• Brake pedal: Released state
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Press diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch and wait for approximately 20 minutes until die-
sel particulate filter warning light turns OFF.
NOTE:
Engine speed increases during diesel particulate filter manual regeneration.
3. Check that diesel particulate filter warning light turns OFF.
Does diesel particulate filter warning light turn OFF?
YES >> END
NO >> Perform DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER SERVICE REGENERATION. Refer to EC-931,
"Description".
Certain types of driving conditions (e.g. urban driving) may load to heavy loads in DPF (Diesel Particulate Fil- EC
ter). This soot mass may adversely affect the driving. This function can perform DPF regeneration under vehi-
cle stop condition.
Service regeneration is performed with CONSULT to reduce particulate matter in DPF (Diesel Particulate Fil-
ter). Service regeneration should be performed in the following cases. C
• ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified level.
NOTE:
When ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified D
level, check whether or not DTC P2002 is stored in ECM. In the case of DTC stored, perform the Diagnostic
Procedure for the DTC.
• ECM is replaced.
NOTE: E
• Based on the signal from sensors ECM measures the amount of particulate matter in DPF and stores the
value in EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory). When ECM is replaced as
new one, there is a difference between the actual amount of particulate matter and the value stored in new F
ECM, because the value stored in new ECM is initialized one. In the case above, ECM can not perform
regeneration control correctly. So, perform service regeneration to make the amount of particulate matter
in DPF zero.
• The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always G
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC-922, "Work Procedure".
• Component inspection for DPF is performed.
CAUTION: H
Oil change is required, depending on service regeneration procedure. Because fuel mixes with
engine oil during service regeneration. The mixture does not occur during the regeneration which is
automatically performed under normal operation.
I
(For details, refer to EC-931, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011991631
J
1.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Check DTC.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for detected DTC. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" L
(YS23DDT), EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK QUANTITY OF SOOT MASS M
1. On CONSULT screen, select “ENGINE”” >> “DATA MONITOR” >> “SOOT IN P/FLT”.
2. Check that the value is 46.2g or less.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the DPF. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and installation".
O
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Refer to LU-22, "Inspection".
CAUTION: P
When the oil level reaches maximum, drain engine oil as to be in MIN and HALF.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Drain or refill engine oil. And then GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SERVICE REGENERATION
1. Close the engine hood.
>> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE DPF
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace the DPF. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform “ADAPTIVES AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT.
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC “P253F” detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> END
10.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
Revision: 2015 March EC-932 D23
SERVICE REGENERATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
1. Change engine oil. Refer to LU-23, "Draining" or LU-23, "Refilling".
2. Perform “ENGINE OIL DATA RESET”. Refer to EC-935, "Description". A
3. Erase DTC.
>> END EC
Perform “ADAPTIVE AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT
when oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is replaced with a new one. Based on the signal from sen-
sors, ECM estimates the amount of particulate matter in diesel particulate filter and stores the value in
EEPROM as diesel particulate filter data. When oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is replaced with
a new one, there is a difference between diesel particulate filter data stored in ECM and the actual amount of
particulate matter in diesel particulate filter, because no particulate matter is trapped in new diesel particulate
filter. In this case, ECM cannot perform regeneration control correctly. So perform “AFTER DPF REPLACE-
MENT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT to clear diesel particulate filter data stored
in ECM.
(For details, refer to EC-934, "Work Procedure".)
CAUTION:
Never perform “ADAPTIVE AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT when oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is not replaced with a
new one. Diesel particulate filter may be damaged because regeneration is not performed at appropri-
ate timing.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011991633
1.START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ADAPTIVE AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using
CONSULT.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
>> END
The oil change alert function allows calculating the remaining distance to drive before oil change request. The EC
engine oil data reset must be performed after engine oil is changed or ECM is replaced.
(For details, refer to EC-935, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011991637 C
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
(For details, refer to EC-936, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011998930
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-37, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “WRITE V.I.N.” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
>> END
Fuel pump programming should be performed when fuel pump is replaced or ECM is replaced. (For details, EC
refer to EC-937, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011998938
C
1.PERFORM FUEL PUMP PROGRAMMING
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped. D
2. Select “FUEL PUMP PROGRAMMING” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
E
>> END
NOTE:
• CONDITIONS PRIOR TO TEST
- The entire low pressure system must be in good condition.
- Check the sealing of the high pressure pipes and unions.
- Test 3 High pressure fuel pump (pressure control valve) check is OK
- Test 4 High pressure fuel pump (volumetric control valve) check is OK
- Test 5 Rail high pressure regulation circuit check is OK.
• CAUSE
- Not enough or no rail pressure during starting.
- The engine does not start.
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I
Refer to EC-1000, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-189, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the return system connections at the fuel injectors and close off the return pipes so they are
leak-tight.
3. To authorise a 15 second cranking engine and carry out this test it is essential to carry out the following
procedure:
- Disconnect high pressure fuel pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Perform “SAVE COMPUTER DATA” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT.
- Cranking engine for at least 15 seconds (starting speed 250 rpm)
- Perform “WRITE SAVED DATA” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT.
Is the return volume at the fuel injectors more than 20 ml per fuel injector for the starting phase?
NOTE:
• Do not repeat this procedure more than 3 times and wait 30 seconds between each 15 second cranking
engine.
• Then wait 30 minutes before cranking the engine for 315 second cycles.
• Follow this instruction so that the starter does not get damaged.
Does the flow measure more than 20 ml?
Yes >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-189, "Removal and Installation".
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect return pipes.
3. Start Engine.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
5. Check “RAIL PRESSURE” and “RAIL PRES SET” indication.
6. Does “RAIL PRESSURE” follow “RAIL PRES SET” during the 3 second cranking engine?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the glow plugs and check for moisture.
3. If the glow plugs are wet with fuel, it is possible that the fuel injector is leaking.
Are the glow plugs wet with fuel?
Yes >> Replace malfunction fuel injector. Refer to EM-189, "Removal and Installation".
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
ECM
ECM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991642
1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
+
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E62 25 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ EC
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal
C
E60 18 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. D
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
Check IPDM E/R power supply and ground. Refer to PCS-37, "Diagnosis Procedure" (With I-KEY), PCS-70, E
"Diagnosis Procedure" (Without I-KEY).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (With I-KEY), PCS-71, "Removal F
and Installation" (Without I-KEY).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN G
ECM
— Continuity I
Connector Terminal
1
4 J
E104 Ground Existed
7
8
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. M
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
EMCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
47
E110 Ground Existed
48
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EMCM POWER SUPPLY
1. Reconnect EMCM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between EMCM harness connector terminals.
EMCM
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E110 5 48 Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EMCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EMCM harness connector.
+ F
Voltage
EMCM relay -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
G
2
E111 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for battery power supply circuit.
7.CHECK EMCM RELAY CIRCUIT I
P
1.CHECK EMCM RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EMCM relay. Refer to PG-167, "RHD : Engine Room Harness".
EMCM relay
Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between termi-
Existed
3 5 nals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
JSBIA0671ZZ
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EMCM relay.
Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-49, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYS-
TEM : CAN System Specification Chart". J
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication line between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
VDC deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-946, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991646
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-43, "CONSULT Function" (Without
VDC), BRC-173, "CONSULT Function" (With VDC).
Is DTC detected?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011991650
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-948, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991651
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
N
1.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel flow actuator harness connector. O
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel flow actuator harness connector and ground.
P
+
Fuel flow actuator - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F95 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
I
• Throttle valve opened
• Rail pressure limitation
• Freeshift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation J
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• VDC deactivation
• A/T in limp home K
• Pressure limiting valve opening
• Not limitation of calibrated performance
• FMO: Cancellation regulator
• FMO: Stop of the adaptation L
• Strong vehicle speed limitation (30km/h)
• Torque limitation
• Inhibition of regulation mode of fuel pressure regulator M
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY N
If DTC P0002 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202,
P0203 or P0204, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190,
P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
O
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0002 can not duplicate.
G
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. H
3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals.
Fuel injector
I
Condition Resistance
Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor target
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0335, P0560, P0657 or P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0335, P0560, P0657 or P0641.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minutes before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-954, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991661
N
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector. O
3. Check the resistance between CMP sensor terminals.
CMP sensor P
Resistance
Terminal
3 2 More than 100 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CMP sensor. Refer to EM-223, "Removal and Installation".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Boost regulation cutoff
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• EGR valve closed
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0033 is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or
P0657.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-956, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991665
+
HP compressor bypass valve con- Voltage EC
−
trol solenoid valve (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F86 2 Ground Battery voltage
C
HP compressor bypass
ECM
valve control solenoid valve Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F138 51 F86 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Torque limitation
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• Boost regulation cutoff
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Freeshift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-958, "YS23DDT : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
YS23DDT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991668
+
D
Turbocharger boost control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
E
F148 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. H
POSSIBLE CAUSE P
• Harness or connectors (LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Torque limitation
• EGR valve is closed
• Throttle valve opened
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-960, "YS23DDTT : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
YS23DDTT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012032388
+
LP wastegate valve control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
F147 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK LP WASTEGATE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve opened (open loop)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-962, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012021468
+
HP turbine bypass valve control sole- EC
− Voltage
noid valve
Connector Terminal
F87 2 Ground Battery voltage
C
N
HP turbine bypass valve
control solenoid valve Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminals
O
2 1 13 - 18 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-193, "Exploded View".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• High pressure fuel pump (fuel circuit)
• Fuel pump (low pressure fuel circuit) (electrical fuel pump)
• Fuel injector
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Fuel temperature sensor
• Fuel filter
• Fuel tank degassing chamber
• Common rail
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0087 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204,
perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YD23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-964, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991670
Check fuel flow actuator. Refer to EC-969, "Component Inspection (Fuel flow actuator)".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK FUEL FILTER I
Check fuel filter. Refer to FL-30, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
8.CHECK FUEL LINE K
Check fuel line. Refer to FL-27, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
9.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR M
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-58, "Exploded View".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
10.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-992, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connectors
• High pressure fuel pump
• Fuel leakage
• Fuel filter clogged G
• Fuel tank degassing chamber
• Fuel injector
H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0089 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202,
P0203 or P0204, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200, J
P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, K
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
Fuel injector
Condition Resistance
Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor 2
F
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR cooler bypass valve closed
• Over torque inhibited
• Oil vapor heater activated when engine is running G
• Engine speed attachment detection inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0095 can not duplicate. I
+
Mass air flow sensor - Voltage L
Connector Terminal
F96 3 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
N
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check mass air flow sensor circuit for open and short.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TC boost sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• TC boost sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• Limited boost pressure regulation
• DPF regeneration forbidden G
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift Inhibited
• Increased idle speed H
• Wastegate cutoff
• Torque limitation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-977, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991686
N
+
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F134 1 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
+
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F134 1 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
7.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check turbocharger boost sensor circuit for open and short.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor 1
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0110 can not duplicate.
E
Mass air flow sensor (intake air tem-
perature sensor 1) Condition Resistance
Terminal
F
1 2 Temperature 20° C (68°F) 2342 – 2531 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor 1). Refer to EM-159, "Removal and
Installation".
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• After sales and factory routines inhibited
• Increased idle speed
• Torque limitation
• Engine speed limitation
• Intake air temperature sensor 2 value frozen
• Modelized coolant liquid temperature
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• EGR cooling valve activated
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991695
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Check engine coolant temperature sensor circuit for open and short.
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Throttle position sensor
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Air flow regulation cutoff
• Compression test routine forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-986, "ECM : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
ECM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991698
D
ECM Electric throttle control actuator
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
67 2 E
F138 71 F98 3 Existed
61 1
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
G
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-987, "ECM : Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
I
ECM : Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000011991699
EMCM supplies a voltage of 5 V to the sensors, respectively. Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a
sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously in the sensors belonging to the same group as
the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply
• Battery current sensor
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-988, "EMCM : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
EMCM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991702
+
Voltage
EMCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E110 15 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect following sensor harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and to ground, between the following terminals.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The air fuel ratio sensor heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Air fuel ratio sensor heater
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Stop closed-loop control
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-990, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991704
CAUTION: I
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant. J
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect A/F sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between A/F sensor terminals.
L
A/ F sensor Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel temperature sensor heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel temperature sensor heater
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0180 can not duplicate.
E
Fuel temperature sensor
Resistance
Terminal
1 2 77 Ω - 49 kΩ F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel temperature sensor. Refer to FL-29, "Removal and Installation". G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Fuel piping
FAIL-SAFE
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Freeshift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
• Rail pressure limitation
• After sale routines forbidden
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• VDC deactivated
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0190 can not duplicate.
+ EC
Voltage
Fuel rail pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C
F99 3 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. D
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check fuel rail pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
F
ECM Fuel rail pressure sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
72 1
F138 68 F99 2 Existed
45 3 H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel rail pressure sensor. Refer to EM-189, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• Injector
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• VDC deactivated
• ASCD deactivation with dashboard message
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Increased idle speed
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-996, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991709
Fuel injector
Condition Resistance O
Terminal
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
• Fuel injector
• Injector code error
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• ASCD deactivation
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Increased idle speed
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204 is displayed with DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272, perform the
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YD23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-998, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991712
Fuel injector
Condition Resistance
Terminal
FAIL-SAFE
• Cooling fan activation J
• Controlled shutters opening
• Warning overheating lamp activated
• Opening of the engine coolant thermostat (request of ineffective opening in that case)
• EGR control cutoff K
• A/C compressor cutoff
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
L
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC P0115 or P2681, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115 or
P2681. M
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1
O
WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up P
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
SEF621W
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Turbocharger
• Injector
• Segmentation pistons
• Oil decanter
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0219 can not duplicate
>> Clean all air ducts and replace engine assembly and exhaust line.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
• Torque limitation
• After sales and factory routines inhibited
• Freeshift inhibited G
• ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY H
If DTC P0225 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641.
Is applicable DTC detected? I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-1070, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
K
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? M
YES >> Proceed to EC-1005, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991717
+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 6 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.HECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
Refer to EC-940, "ECM : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit for open and short.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.74 V
Sensor 1 2 3
Fully depressed 4.54 V
E104 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.38 V
Sensor 2 11 12
Fully depressed 2.25 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Accelerator pedal
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Torque limitation
• Pedal limp home activated
• After sales and factory routines inhibited
• Freeshift Inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0226 can not duplicate.
+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1
E5 Ground 5.0 V
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check accelerator pedal position sensor circuit for open and short.
EC
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage N
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.74 V
Sensor 1 2 3 O
Fully depressed 4.54 V
E104 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.38 V
Sensor 2 11 12
Fully depressed 2.25 V P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump relay
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minuets.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1010, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991723
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel injector
• Injector code error
FAIL-SAFE
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• VDC deactivation
• A/T in limp home
• Increased idle speed
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check that “WATER TEMP” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1012, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991725
Perform injector inspection for malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to EC-938, "Work Procedure (Fuel Injectors Leak
Check)" and EC-939, "Work Procedure (Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".
L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> INSPECTION END
M
8.CHECK FUEL RETURN HOSE
Check Fuel return hose. Refer to FL-27, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
O
9.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. P
3. Check fuel injector circuit for open and short.
Fuel injector
Condition Resistance
Terminal
• 1.DEF
• 2.DEF
• 3.DEF D
• Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detected by ECM
• 4.DEF
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL when engine is running.
P0335 • 5.DEF
(Crankshaft position sensor “A” circuit) • Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pat-
• 6.DEF
tern when engine is running. E
• 7.DEF
• 8.DEF
• CO
F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Signal plate G
FAIL-SAFE
• Throttle valve opened
H
• EGR valve closed
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Engine speed limitation
• Torque limitation I
• VDC deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
J
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0335 can not duplicate. K
CKP sensor
Resistance
Terminal
1 2 1.0 - 1.2 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CKP sensor.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Camshaft position sensor
• Signal plate
F
FAIL-SAFE
• Synchronization on the exhaust CAM
• Intake variable valve timing control deactivation
• Inhibition of the variable valve timing control (setpoint = 0) G
• Inhibition of the variable valve timing control command (% PWM = 0)
• variable valve timing control angular position set to 0 and inhibition of the variable valve timing control
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0016, P0335, P0560, P0641, P0651 or P0657, first perform the trouble I
diagnosis for DTC P0016, P0335, P0560, P0641, P0651 or P0657.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, J
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE K
NOTE:
DTC P0340 can not duplicate.
L
CMP sensor
Resistance
Terminal
3 2 More than 100 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace CMP sensor. Refer to EM-223, "Removal and Installation".
• 1.DEF
• ECM detects glow plug control circuit is open for 30 seconds or more.
• 2.DEF
Preheating unit DIAG CONN • ECM detects glow plug circuit is short to ground for 30 seconds or more. D
P0380 • CC.0
(Glow plug/heater circuit “A”) • ECM detects glow plug circuit is short to power for 30 seconds or more.
• CC.1
• ECM detects glow control unit error for 1 second or more.
• CO
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors
- Glow plug control circuit is open or shorted.
- Glow control unit input signal circuit is open or shorted. F
• Glow plug
• Glow control unit
FAIL-SAFE G
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0380 is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or
P0657. I
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minutes before conducting the next test.
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. M
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1019, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991734
+
Glow control unit - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E108 4 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
1.CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check resistance between glow plug terminals as follows. EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• EGR volume control valve
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regenerations forbidden
• ASCD deactivation with dashboard message
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. Hold the steady as possible.
K
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector. L
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR volume control valve command circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0403 is displayed with DTC P0641, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0641.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1024, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991740
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR volume control valve control position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor
• EGR volume control valve
FAIL-SAFE F
• EGR valve closed
• Stop closed-loop control
• DPF regeneration forbidden G
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. I
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. K
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1027, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991743
M
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Visually check EGR volume control valve for chipping. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors
• EGR temperature sensor
• EGR coolant bypass valve control solenoid valve E
• EGR volume control valve
• Electric EGR cooling water pump 1 and 2
• EGR cooler
F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE: H
DTC P040A can not duplicate.
+
P
Voltage
EGR temperature sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F144 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
TBN UPSTR PRS SEN CIRC • 2.DEF • An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P0470
(Exhaust pressure sensor “A” circuit) • 3.DEF • An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Boost pressure limitation
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• DPF regeneration forbidden
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0470 is displayed with DTC P0651 or P2263, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0651 or
P2263.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1032, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991745
+
G
Voltage
Exhaust gas pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F140 3 Ground 5V H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
I
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
K
ECM Exhaust gas pressure sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
77 3 L
F138 78 F140 1 Existed
83 2
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
6.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1034, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor)".
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
P
7.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC-1032, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC P0470 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check turbocharger. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000011991746
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor
• ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
• Boost pressure limitation
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened G
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• DPF regeneration forbidden H
• Torque limitation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0471 is displayed with DTC P0335, P0470 or P2226, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0335, P0470 or P2226. J
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE: L
DTC P0471 can not duplicate.
N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0471 is displayed with DTC P0335, P0470 or P2226, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0335, P0470 or P2226. O
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
+
Voltage
Exhaust gas pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F140 3 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
A
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Disconnect exhaust gas pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between exhaust gas pressure sensor terminals as follows. EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• EGR volume control valve
• EGR valve position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• Stop closed-loop control
• Freeshift inhibited
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1038, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991751
M
EGR volume control valve Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• EGR volume control valve
• EGR volume control valve position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• Freeshift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
• DPF regeneration forbidden
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1040, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991754
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Vehicle speed sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0500 can not duplicate.
NOTE:
DTC P0504 can not duplicate.
L
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-95, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Revision: 2015 March EC-1043 D23
P0504 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
Check the brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-1044, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000011991758
1.REPLACE ECM I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1198, "Removal and Installation".
J
>> INSPECTION END
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
A/C deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1046, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991762
+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
E
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 F139 99 Existed F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. G
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-120, "Removal and Installation" (With auto- I
matic air conditioning), HAC-209, "Removal and Installation" (With manual A/C FULL-ELC), or
HAC-286, "Removal and Installation" (With manual A/C SEMI-ELC).
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
J
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• After sales and factory routines inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0544 can not duplicate.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ECM power supply circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery
• Battery terminal
• Alternator
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
• Mechanically activated throttle limp-home
• Torque limitation
• VDC deactivation
• Glow plug circuit deactivation
• Inhibition of idle speed control
• Factory and after sales routines inhibited
• Freeshift Inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
• Wastegate cutoff
• A/T in limp home
• Deactivation of the variable valve timing control
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0560 is displayed with IPDM E/R related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R
related DTC.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index" (WITH I-KEY), PCS-58,
"DTC Index" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1051, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
A
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0560 is displayed with IPDM E/R related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R
related DTC. EC
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index" (WITH I-KEY), PCS-58,
"DTC Index" (WITHOUT I-KEY). C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check battery voltage.
E
Voltage: Above 11 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> Recharge the battery.
3.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Check battery terminals condition.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair the battery terminals.
4.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR AND CHARGING CIRCUIT I
Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed.
Refer to, PG-217, "Battery" and CHG-41, "Alternator".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace with a proper one.
K
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1052, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991769
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
ASCD main switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1.0 V
E104 18 19 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2.0 V
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3.0 V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4.0 V
BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the ve-
P0571 1.DEF
(Brake Switch “A” Circuit) hicle is traveling.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness and connectors
• Brake pedal position switch
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0571 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and P0703, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTCUXXXX
and P0703.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0571 can not duplicate.
+
ECM - Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Fully released Battery voltage
E104 16 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
+
C
Brake pedal position switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E89 *1 D
1 Ground Battery voltage
E112*2
*1: With A/T models
*2: With M/T models E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
H
EC
CONSULT screen terms
DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis content) DTC detecting condition
C
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS
P0575 DEF ECM receives incoherent ASCD MAIN switch signal.
(Cruise control input circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ASCD steering switch
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Proceed to EC-1057, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991775
ECM M
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
N
ASCD main switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1.0 V
E104 18 19 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2.0 V O
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3.0 V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4.0 V
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
>> GO TO 2.
H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1059, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. J
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
4. Check DTC.
L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1059, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
M
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
4. Repeat step 3 for 32 times.
Is DTC detected?
O
YES >> Proceed to EC-1059, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991777
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1059, "DTC Description".
3. Check DTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
E
• Freeshift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P0606 can not duplicate. G
1.INSPECTION START I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds. J
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P0606 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
L
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1198, "Removal and Installation".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
EMCM
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1062, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991781
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-1062, "DTC Description".
3. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
YES >> Replace the EMCM. Refer to EC-1199, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> INSPECTION END
• 1.DEF
COMPUTER
• 2.DEF
P060A (Internal control module monitoring proces- Internal monitoring processor error. D
• 3.DEF
sor performance)
• 4.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Reset ECM F
• VDC deactivation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1063, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
L
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. M
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 minute.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis.
N
Is the DTC P060A displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
2.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1198, "Removal and Installation".
P
>> INSPECTION END
COMPUTER
P060B (Internal control module A/D processing 1.DEF ECM internal malfunction
performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Engine speed limitation
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1064, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991785
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P060B displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1198, "Removal and Installation".
• 1.DEF
• 2.DEF
COMP • 3.DEF D
P061A ECM detects internal error.
(Internal control module torque performance) • 4.DEF
• 5.DEF
• 6.DEF
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
H
DTC P061A can not duplicate.
1.INSPECTION START J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 minute. K
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P061A displayed again? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM M
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1198, "Removal and Installation".
N
>> INSPECTION END
• 1.DEF
COMPUTER • 2.DEF
P062B (Internal control module fuel injector control • 3.DEF ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
performance) • 4.DEF
• 5.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Increased idle speed
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• VDC deactivation and A/T in limp home mode
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P062B is displayed with DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-1066, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991789
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Electric throttle control actuator
• Throttle valve stuck
• Throttle chamber clogged
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Compression test routine inhibited
• Airflow regulation cutoff
• ASCD deactivation with dashboard message
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0638 is displayed with DTC P0120 or P2100, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0120 or
P2100.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1068, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991791
G
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM
ator Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
H
67 2
F138 71 3
61 F98 1 Existed I
139 5
F139
140 6
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
K
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC-1068, "DTC Description". L
Is the DTC P0638 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
6.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Perform EC-987, "ECM : Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)" (throttle position sensor), EC- N
1127, "Diagnosis Procedure" (throttle control motor).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. P
2. Perform EC-928, "Description".
SEN SUPPLY N-1 VOL • 1.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is 5.43 V or more.
P0641
(Sensor reference voltage “A” circuit/open) • 2.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is 4.56 V or less.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor power supply 1 circuit is shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• DPF differential pressure sensor
• TC boost sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• APP sensor 1
• ECM
• MAF sensor
• G sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Limited boost pressure regulation
• Torque limitation
• ASCD deactivation
• Boost pressure limitation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1070, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991793
+ A
Voltage
ECM –
(Approx.)
Connectors Terminal
EC
E104 6
41
53 C
F138 61
69 Ground 5V
D
73
101
F139 137 E
138
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and following terminals harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. H
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal I
E104 6 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1) E5 2
41 Camshaft position sensor F97 1
J
53 DPF differential pressure sensor E102 1
F138
61 Throttle position sensor F98 1
69 EGR volume control valve position sensor F132 1 K
73 MAF sensor F96 3
101 Turbocharger boost sensor F134 1
F139 137 G sensor M115 3 L
138 Crankshaft position sensor F94 3
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS N
Check the following.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1). Proceed to EC-1132, "Component Inspection (Accelerator
Pedal Position Sensor)". O
• Camshaft position sensor. Proceed to EC-1018, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
• DPF differential pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-1141, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Throttle position sensor. Proceed to EC-987, "ECM : Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
P
• EGR volume control valve position sensor. Proceed to EC-1027, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• MAF sensor. Proceed to EC-973, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Turbocharger boost sensor. Proceed to EC-980, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor)".
• G sensor. Proceed to TM-564, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Crankshaft position sensor. Proceed to EC-1016, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EMCM supplies a voltage of 5 V to the sensors, respectively. Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a EC
sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously in the sensors belonging to the same group as
the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply C
• Brake booster pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011991795 D
POSSIBLE CAUSE G
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Battery current sensor H
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be J
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
O
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EMCM harness connector. P
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EMCM harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
EMCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E110 15 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1 ROUTING CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect following sensor harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and to ground, between the following terminals.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor power supply 2 circuit is shorted.) E
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• DPF differential pressure sensor
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 F
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• A/C deactivation G
• Torque limitation
• ASCD deactivation with dashboard message
• Freeshift inhibited H
• After sales routines forbidden
• FAN 2 activation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1075, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991798
N
+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connectors Terminal
E104 10
53
F138 Ground 5.0 V
77
F139 97
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and following terminals harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
E104 10 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 E5 1
F139 97 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
53 DPF differential pressure sensor E102 1
F138
77 Exhaust gas pressure sensor F140 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-1006, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor)".
• Refrigerant pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-1046, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• DPF differential pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-1034, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sen-
sor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT • ECM detects ECM relay control circuit is short to ground.
P0657 CC.0
(Actuator supply voltage “A” circuit/open) (ECM relay always ON)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ECM relay control circuit is shorted.)
• ECM relay E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0657 is displayed with IPDM/ER related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM/ER related G
DTC.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index" (WITH I-KEY), PCS-58, H
"DTC Index" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Start the engine and ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minuets.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. L
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1077, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991800
N
+
ECM - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F138 36 Ground Battery voltage
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
ECM -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F138 36 Ground 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL • 1.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is more than 5.43 V.
P0697
(Sensor reference voltage “C” circuit/open) • 2.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is less than 4.56 V.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor E
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed F
• Throttle valve opened
• Rail pressure limitation
• DPF regeneration forbidden G
• After sales routines forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
• VDC deactivation H
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness and connectors
• Brake pedal position switch
E
FAIL-SAFE
• Engine speed limitation
• No coherency between wiring and CAN information for brake pedal
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0703 is displayed with DTC P0571, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0571. G
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-1054, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2. H
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3. J
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
K
2. Depress the brake pedal more than 10 times.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
YES >> Proceed to EC-1081, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991804
+
ECM - Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Fully released Battery voltage
E104 16 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
3. Check voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
+
Brake pedal position switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E89*1
1 Ground Battery voltage
E112*2
*1: With A/T models
*2: With M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
E89*1
2 E104 16 Existed
E112*2
*1: With A/T models
*2: With M/T models
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-1082, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000011991805
CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY • 1.DEF Correlation of two clutch pedal position switch signal is inconsis-
P0833
(Clutch pedal switch “B” circuit) • 2.DEF tency.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
• Clutch pedal position switch
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD not available
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Fully depress clutch pedal.
3. Fully release clutch pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1084, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the clutch switch circuit. During
this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
ECM
+ Condition Voltage
–
Connector Terminal
Fully released Approx. 0 V
E104 24 Ground Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-1084, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991807
K
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector. L
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
• PWM value for the sensor heater is out of specified range for 2 sec-
PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC
P1130 1.DEF onds or more.
(Proportional richness sensor circuit) D
• Air fuel mixture ratio is out of specified range for 3 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness and connectors E
• A/F sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY G
If DTC P1130 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0002, P0089, P0100, P0101, P0110, P0120, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0409, P0487, P0488, P0638, P2100, and P2119, perform the
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0002, P0089, P0100, P0101, P0110, P0120, P0190, P0200, P0201, H
P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0409, P0487, P0488, P0638, P2100 and P2119.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, I
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE J
NOTE:
DTC P1130 can not duplicate.
K
>> Proceed to EC-1087, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991810
L
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness and connectors E
• A/F sensor heater
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE G
NOTE:
DTC P1131 can not duplicate.
H
>> Proceed to EC-1089, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991812
I
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. M
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between A/F sensor terminals.
A/ F sensor Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
• DPF differential pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed F
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE: H
DTC P1453 can not duplicate.
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991817
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2)
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2
• TC boost sensor
• A/F sensor
• Exhaust electric throttle control actuator
• Injector(s)
• Exhaust leakage
• Catalytic converter and DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1544 is displayed with DTC P0002, P0095 P0100, P0101, P0120, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0402, P0403, P0488, P0638, P2100, P2226, P2263 or P2A06, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0002, P0095 P0100, P0101, P0120, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0488, P0638,
P2100, P2226, P2263 or P2A06.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
DTC P1544 can not duplicate.
E103 2 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGT sensor 2 harness connector. L
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Diesel particulate filter
FAIL-SAFE
E
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY F
If DTC P1546 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
• DTC P0001, P0002, P0101, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P1453, P1544 and P2002
G
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2. H
If DTC P1546 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
• DTC P0001, P0002, P0101, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P1453, P1544 and P2002
L
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Dead (Weak) battery
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1550 is displayed with DTC P0120 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0120 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-892, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1098, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991824
J
Battery current sensor EMCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 3 E110 35 Existed K
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT M
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and EMCM harness connector.
EMCM
Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Dead (Weak) battery F
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY H
If DTC P1551 or P1552 is displayed with DTC P0120 or P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0120
or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected? I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-892, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. M
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1101, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991827
O
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EMCM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and EMCM harness connector.
EMCM
Voltage
+ – F
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor
• Dead (Weak) battery
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1553 is displayed with DTC P0120 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0120 or
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-892, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1104, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991830
J
Battery current sensor EMCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E6 3 E110 35 Existed K
4. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT M
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and EMCM harness connector.
EMCM
Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery current sensor E
• Dead (Weak) battery
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation F
>> GO TO 3.
L
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle. M
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “EMCM” using CONSULT.
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
N
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check the voltage between EMCM harness connector and ground.
O
EMCM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.) P
Terminal
E110 24 35 Above 2.3 V at least once
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1108, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
+
Voltage
Battery current sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EMCM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and EMCM harness connector.
F
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. G
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground. H
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between EMCM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.
I
EMCM
Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.) J
Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
[Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor) circuit is shorted.]
• Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor)
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P1556 or P1557 is displayed with DTC P0120 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0120 or P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-892, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1110, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991836
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (Engine oil pump control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine oil pump control valve
• ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1113, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012022483
L
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Repair ECM harness connector connection.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check engine oil pump control valve harness connector connection. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair engine oil pump control valve harness connector connection. P
+
Engine oil pump control valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F136 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between engine oil pump control valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
E
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY F
If DTC P160C displayed with DTC U0415, P0002, P0101, P0135, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06, first
perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U0415, P0002, P0101, P0135, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, G
P0204, P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, H
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
J
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
YES >> Proceed to EC-1115, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END M
N
1.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. O
3. Check the battery terminals for damage and looseness.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Repair malfunction(s) and GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OTHER DTC-1
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC P160C displayed with U0415, P0002, P0101, P0135, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,
P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06 displayed?
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Stop closed-loop control F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE G
NOTE:
DTC P1620 can not duplicate.
H
>> Proceed to EC-1117, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991841
I
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. M
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor harness connector. N
2. Check A/F sensor circuit for open and short.
Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-49, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYS-
TEM : CAN System Specification Chart". J
+
Thermo management valve control so-
− Voltage
lenoid valve
Connector Terminal
F145 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
11.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check thermo management valve control solenoid valve circuit for open and short.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Diesel particulate filter E
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened F
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
H
If DTC P2002 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
• DTC U0101, U0121, U0415, P0001, P0002, P0045, P0100, P0101, P0105, P0106, P0115, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0225, P0226, P0335, P0402, P0470, P0471, P0487, P0488, P0544,
P0560, P060A, P061A, P062B, P0638, P0641, P0651, P0697, P1544, P160C, P2080, P2100, P2119, I
P2120, P2226, P2263 and P253F.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, J
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE K
NOTE:
DTC P2002 can not duplicate.
L
K
>> Proceed to EC-1125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991852
L
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P2080 is displayed with DTC P0544 or P2002, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0544 or
P2002. M
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
O
1. Check the air cleaner for clogging.
2. Check the air duct for connection and cracks.
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Check the electric throttle actuator. Refer to EC-1068, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed F
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Compression test routine inhibited
• Airflow regulation cut off G
• ASCD deactivation
• Free shift inhibited
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2. J
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed F
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• Compression test routine inhibited
• Airflow regulation cut off G
• ASCD deactivation
• Freeshift inhibited
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991857
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) E
• APP sensor 2
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
• Torque limitation
• Free shift inhibited
• ASCD deactivation
• After sales and factory routines inhibited G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-1131, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991859
+ O
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P
1
E5 Ground 5.0 V
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.74 V
Sensor 1 2 3
Fully depressed 4.54 V
E104 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.38 V
Sensor 2 11 12
Fully depressed 2.25 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1134, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991862
• ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is short circuit to
PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC • CC.0
ground.
P2244 (O2 sensor reference voltage performance • CC.1 D
• ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is short circuit to
bank 1 sensor 1) • CO
battery.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor circuit is shorted.)
• A/F sensor
• ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
Stop closed-loop control
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1135, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991864
L
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. P
NOTE:
DTC P2263 can not be duplicate.
P
WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR • A signal from the detection sensor is sent to ECM
P2264 1.DEF
(Water in fuel sensor circuit) • ECM detects detection sensor circuit is open circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Detection sensor circuit is open.)
• Water in fuel level sensor E
• Fuel filter
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at least 15 seconds at 5 km/h (3.11 MPH) or more.
CAUTION: J
Always drive the vehicle at safe speed.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Proceed to EC-1139, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END L
Perform diesel fuel filter water draining. Refer to FL-30, "Draining Water from Fuel Filter".
Water has been detected in the fuel filter? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK FUEL CONFORMITY O
Check fuel conformity.
Is fuel normal?
P
YES >> Replace fuel filter.
NO >> Drain the fuel circuit and replace the fuel filter.
3.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Diesel particulate filter differential pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Diesel particulate filter differential pressure sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
H
If DTC P2452 is displayed with DTC P0641, P0651 or P0697, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0641, P0651 or P0697.
Is applicable DTC detected?
I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
J
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. K
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
O
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P2452 is displayed with DTC P0641, P0651 or P0697, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0641, P0651 or P0697. P
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
+
Voltage
DPF differential pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E102 1 Ground 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the DPF differential pressure sensor power supply and ground circuit for open and short.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve circuit is open.)
• EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR regulation cut off
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P245A is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or P0657.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT)
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at least 15 seconds at 5 km/h (3.11 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive the vehicle at safe speed.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1139, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012022480
4.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground. D
+
E
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
F
F146 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. G
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
H
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and I
ECM harness connector.
O
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VAIVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector. P
3. Check the resistance between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve as per the following condi-
tions.
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connectors (Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric EGR cooling water pump
FAIL-SAFE G
• Electric EGR cooling water pump at maximum speed
• Electric EGR cooling water pump blocked, no flow
• Electric EGR cooling water pump cut off H
• Above 137 °C (278.6 °F), Electric EGR water pump speed reduction (at 77%).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE: I
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index" (With I-
KEY), PCS-58, "DTC Index" (Without I-KEY).
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY J
If DTC P24A7 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTCP0217, P0560 or P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected? K
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-858,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
M
DTC P24A7 can not duplicate.
NOTE: O
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index" (With I-
KEY), PCS-58, "DTC Index" (Without I-KEY).
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY P
If DTC P24A7 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTCP0217, P0560 or P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-858,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.VISUALLY CHECK ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER
PUMP 2
Visually check the electric EGR cooling water pump 1, electric EGR cooling water pump 2, and pipes.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT CIRCUIT
Refer to CO-40, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK IPDM E/R HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check IPDM E/R harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2
HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check electric EGR cooling water pump 1 and electric EGR cooling water pump 2 harness connector connec-
tion.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR cooling water pump 1 harness connector.
3. Check electric EGR cooling water pump 1 circuit for open and short.
+ L
Electric EGR cooling water pump 1 - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E107 2 Ground Battery voltage M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
12.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Check the power supply of the electric EGR cooling water pump 2.
+ P
Electric EGR cooling water pump 2 - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E101 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connectors (Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric EGR cooling water pump
FAIL-SAFE G
• Electric EGR cooling water pump at maximum speed
• Electric EGR cooling water pump blocked, no flow
• Electric EGR cooling water pump cut off H
• Above 137 °C (278.6 °F), Electric EGR cooling water pump speed reduction (at 77%).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE: I
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index" (With I-
KEY), PCS-58, "DTC Index" (Without I-KEY).
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY J
If DTC P24A8 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0217, P0560 or P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected? K
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-858,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
M
DTC P24A8 can not duplicate.
NOTE: O
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index" (With I-
KEY), PCS-58, "DTC Index" (Without I-KEY).
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY P
If DTC P24A8 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0217, P0560 or P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-858,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.VISUALLY CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER
PUMP 2
Visually check the electric EGR cooling water pump 1, electric EGR cooling water pump 2, and pipes.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT CIRCUIT
Refer to CO-40, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK IPDM E/R HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check IPDM E/R harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
5.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check ECM harness connector connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
6.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2
HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check electric EGR cooling water pump 1 and electric EGR cooling water pump 2 harness connector connec-
tion.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
7.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR cooling water pump 1 harness connector.
3. Check electric EGR cooling water pump 1 circuit for open and short.
+ L
Electric EGR cooling water pump 1 - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E107 2 Ground Battery voltage M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
N
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
12.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Check the power supply of the electric EGR cooling water pump 2.
+ P
Electric EGR cooling water pump 2 - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E101 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
Too much engine oil
FAIL-SAFE
• DPF regeneration forbidden F
• Torque limitation
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY H
If DTC P253F is displayed with DTC P0115, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2..PRECONDITIONING
J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
K
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1155, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991872
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor circuit is open.) E
• A/F sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
YES >> Proceed to EC-1157, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991874
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (Thermo management valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Thermo management valve control solenoid valve
F
FAIL-SAFE
• Engine cooling fan activation
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened G
+
Thermo management valve control
- Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
F145 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between thermo management valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
EC
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel heater relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel heater relay
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1162, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991879
1.CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
+ A
Fuel heater relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
1
E106 Ground Battery voltage
3
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK FUEL HEATER RELAY CIRCUIT-1 D
O
1.CHECK FUEL HEATER RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel heater relay. P
I
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. K
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection.
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
M
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor harness connector. N
3. Check A/F sensor circuit for open and short.
FPCM
— Continuity L
Connector Terminal
C16 7 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT N
EC
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
0V
E104 16 8 Brake pedal pressed
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-1170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991887
+
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E89*1
1 Ground Battery voltage
E112*2
*1: A/T models
*2: M/T models
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
E89*1
2 E104 16 Existed
E112*2
*1: A/T models
*2: M/T models
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
D
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Fully depressed Battery voltage
E104 24 8 Clutch pedal
Fully released 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-1172, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011997327
+
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E113 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
I
Clutch pedal position switch
Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed J
1 2 Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II L
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-8, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.
M
Clutch pedal position switch
Condition Continuity
Terminals
Fully released Existed N
1 2 Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-13, "Exploded View".
P
Diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch is located on the instrument panel. For details about per-
forming diesel particulate filter manual regeneration, refer to EC-930, "Description".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000011997309
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Diesel particulate filter manual
Approx. 0V
regeneration switch: ON
F138 96 E104 8
Diesel particulate filter manual
Battery voltage
regeneration switch: OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-1174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH INDICATOR FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch indicator illuminates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-1174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011997310
1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connector and
ground.
+
Diesel particulate filter manual
− Voltage
regeneration switch
Connector Terminal
3
M114 Ground Battery voltage
7
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
I
1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connector. J
3. Check the continuity between diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connectors
under the following conditions.
K
Terminal Condition Continuity
2 Diesel particulate filter manual regen- ON Not existed
3 and 7
6 eration switch OFF Existed L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch. Refer to EC-1202, "Removal and M
Installation".
PBIB3166E
1.CHECK INSTALLATION EC
Check that glow plug terminals (nuts) are installed properly.
Are glow plug terminals (nuts) installed properly?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Install properly.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ECM D
Check the self-diagnosis result with CONSULT. Check the ECM does not detect any DTCs. Refer to EC-858,
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
Is any DTC detected? E
YES >> Perform trouble diagnoses for detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW CONTROL UNIT AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN F
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals (nuts). G
3. Check harness continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals.
CAUTION:
• Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, replace glow plug with a new one.
• If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, replace with a new one.
• If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
Resistance
Terminals Condition
(Approx.)
1 and glow plug stem Temperature 20°C (68°F) 0.1 – 1 Ω
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning glow plug. Refer to EM-185, "Removal and Installation".
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between EMCM harness connector and ground.
EMCM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Neutral Battery voltage
E110 7 48 Selector lever position
Except above Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> Refer to EC-1180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011997336
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
F
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch harness connector. G
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector terminals.
NOTE:
If DTC P0530 is displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0530. Refer to EC-1046, "Diag-
nosis Procedure".
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Select “REFRIGERANT PRESSURE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ECM” with CONSULT.
3. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
4. Check the monitor status.
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
ECM
− (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F139 99 Ground 1.2 – 1.3 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
Check refrigerant pressure. Refer to HA-138, "Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair refrigerant system.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011997341
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
YS23DDT
EC
YS23DDT : Symptom Table INFOID:0000000011991890
C
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL
G
page
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT I
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
J
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
K
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
L
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Engine body x x x x x x x x x x x EM-212
Air cleaner and duct x x x x x x x EM-159 M
EC-1063,
ECM x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-1065,
EC-1066 N
Camshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x EC-1017
Crankshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x x x x EC-1015
EC-973, O
Mass air flow sensor circuit x x x x x
EC-975
EC-982,
Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit x
EC-982 P
EC-977,
Boost pressure sensor circuit x x x
EC-979
Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit EC-971
ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
EC-1087,
EC-1135,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit x x x x x x x
EC-1157,
EC-1165,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit x x x x EC-984
Fuel injector circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-996
High pressure fuel pump x x x x x x x x x x x —
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit x x x x x EC-994
Fuel temperature sensor circuit EC-953
Fuel heater circuit EC-1162
Water in fuel sensor circuit x x x x x x EC-1139
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-
x x x EC-958
cuit
EC-1022,
EGR volume control valve circuit x x x
EC-1024
EGR volume control valve position sensor cir-
x x x EC-1027
cuit
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid circuit x x x EC-1144
EGR temperature sensor circuit x x x EC-1029
EC-1068,
Electric throttle control actuator circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x
EC-1129
EC-986,
Throttle position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x
EC-988
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) x x x x x x x x EC-1123
ENGINE STALL
D
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
H
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
I
YS23DDTT
YS23DDTT : Symptom Table INFOID:0000000012032389
ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Engine body x x x x x x x x x x x EM-212
Air cleaner and duct x x x x x x x EM-159
EC-1063,
ECM x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-1065,
EC-1066
Camshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x EC-1017
Crankshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x x x x EC-1015
EC-973,
Mass air flow sensor circuit x x x x x
EC-975
EC-982,
Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit x
EC-982
EC-977,
Boost pressure sensor circuit x x x
EC-979
Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit EC-971
EC-1087,
EC-1135,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit x x x x x x x
EC-1157,
EC-1165
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit x x x x EC-984
Fuel injector circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-996
High pressure fuel pump x x x x x x x x x x x —
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit x x x x x EC-994
Fuel temperature sensor circuit EC-953
Fuel heater circuit EC-1162
ENGINE STALL
D
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
H
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
I
ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
EC-1048,
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit x x x
EC-1125
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 circuit x x x EC-1094
Glow control unit circuit x x x x EC-1019
Glow plug circuit x x x x EC-1019
Thermo management valve control solenoid
x x x x x EC-1159
valve circuit
EC-1147,
EGR cooling water pump 1 and 2 circuit x x x x x
EC-1151
EC-
1005,EC-
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit x x x
1008, EC-
1131
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit x x x EC-1046
SEC-82,
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) x
SEC-260
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000011991891
EC
JSBIA6103ZZ
EC
JSBIA6104ZZ
K
: Vehicle front
NOTE: M
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
JSBIA6105ZZ
YS23DDTT
EC
JSBIA6107ZZ
L
EGR cooler bypass valve control so- HP compressor bypass valve control
Vacuum pump
lenoid valve solenoid valve
To turbocharger system To thermo management valve con- M
trol solenoid valve
: Vehicle front
NOTE: N
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
JSBIA6108ZZ
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
EC
JSBIA6105ZZ
K
: Vehicle front
NOTE: M
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
JSBIA5974GB
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-922, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove ECM cover.
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-159, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to HRANEESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE) in
PG-6, "Harness Connector".
4. Remove ECM mounting nuts.
5. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Check the ECM position before installing ECM to bracket.
CAUTION:
The hole of ECM must be positioned as shown in the figure.
JSBIA6051ZZ
EC
I
JSBIA6083ZZ
EMCM Bracket J
K
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING EMCM. Refer to EC-925, "Description".
REMOVAL L
1. Disconnect EMCM harness connector. Refer to HRANEESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE) in
PG-6, "Harness Connector".
2. Remove bracket with EMCM. M
3. Remove EMCM from bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. N
JSBIA5572ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-159, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove glow control unit mounting nuts.
3. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector.
4. Remove glow control unit from vehicle.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
EC
I
JSBIA6084GB
REMOVAL
L
1. Disconnect fuel pump control module (FPCM) harness connectors.
2. Remove bracket with fuel pump control module (FPCM).
3. Remove fuel pump control module (FPCM) from bracket.
M
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
N
REMOVAL
1. Remove Instrument lower panel. Refer to IP-39, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove DPF manual regeneration switch.
NOTE:
For design of DPF manual regeneration switch, refer to EC-771, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Manual
Regeneration Switch".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
Condition Specification C
No load* (in Neutral position) 750 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, glow plug, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
E